Home

HP E5100A,B Service

1. C7S08002 Figure 9 3 EXT REF Test Setup 9 8 Source Group Troubleshooting Check the A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 Perform the following procedure to verify the A50 High Stability Oscillator Observe the REF OVEN signal on the rear panel using a spectrum analyzer Check that the frequency is 10 MHz and the level is approximately 0 dBm m If the signal is good the A50 High Stability Oscillator is verified m If the signal is bad inspect the cable and connections between A50 and REF OVEN If the cable and connections are good replace the A50 High Stability Oscillator Source Group Troubleshooting 9 9 10 Receiver Group Troubleshooting Introduction Use these procedures only if you have read the solate Faulty Group Troubleshooting chapter and you believe the problem is in the receiver group These procedures are designed to let you identify the bad assembly within the receiver group in the shortest possible time Whenever an assembly is replaced in this procedure refer to the Post Repair Procedures chapter in this manual The procedures isolate the faulty assembly by using the E5100A B self test functions internal tests The receiver group consists of the following assemblies m A26R Receiver Opt 200 300 400 m A26A Receiver Opt 100 200 300 400 m A26B Recei
2. 20 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm El i A N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter No Attenuator 4 sweet 01 5 q Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02029 Figure 2 24 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 2 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 3 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE 4 Set the step attenuator to 20 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 6 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 7 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 8 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 25 2 54 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 E5100A B LO HD D D CO 410000 10 im c3 o C 0000 HO 0000 HD case SD 3 1 o a V N m BNC m Adapter V
3. 50 ohi Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm A Power Splitte 1 No Connection if Opt 001 x 2 Use N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter for Opt 102 or 302 C7S02006 Figure 2 8 Trace Noise Test Setup 2 Set up the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes 2 22 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Preset Preset Source Power 1 dBm Sweep POWER 1 x 1 Span Frequency 0 Hz Span 0 x 1 Number of Points 201 Sweep NUMBER of POINTs 201 x 1 Input R A Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB PORT 25 dB Channel 1 Setup Measurement A R Meas Format MEAS A R Format LOG MAG Meas Format FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Statistics ON Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON Channel 2 Setup Measurement A R Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS A R Format PHASE Meas Format FORMAT MORE PHASE Statistics ON Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON Dual Channel ON Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Set the E5100A B s center frequency and IF BW in accordance with the following table The standard deviation trace value is displayed as a marker statistic s dev in the upper right hand corner of the LCD display of each channel s display R
4. a 20xlog a 179 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 201 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 299 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm At IF BW 300 Hz Frequency Input Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a 455 kHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 101 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm At IF BW 1 KHz Frequency Input Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a 455 kHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 101 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm Calculation Sheet A 9 At IF BW 3 kHz At IF BW 10 kHz At IF BW 30 kHz M10 Calculation Sheet Frequency Input 455 kHz 101 MHz Frequency Input 455 kHz 101 MHz Frequency Input 455 kHz 101 MHz Om BOD gt R A B C R A B C OmWr TA Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm E5100B At IF BW 1 kHz At IF BW 3 kHz At IF BW 10 kHz Frequency Input 30 kHz
5. L1 Power Splitter P 7 50 ohm Termination 20 dB ATT Hi N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT 10 dB ATT VSWR lt 1 015 VSWR 1 015 d Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02030 11 12 15 14 15 Figure 2 25 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 10 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the low level test and high level test for B R C R and C B measurement Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 55 For Option 100 Low Level Test 1 Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet 2 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 26
6. Es D D D C SO 0000 0000 J So 2 R LJ N m BNC m Adapter B Power Splitter o y 50 ohm Termination for Opt 003 600 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E Ja d N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter No Attenuator No Attenuator dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02026 Figure 2 21 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 001 Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 600 2 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 3 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE A Set the step attenuator to 20 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 6 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 7 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 8 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 22 2 50 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 E5100A B
7. N m BNC f Adapter Power N f BNC f Sensor Adapter C7S02034 Figure 2 16 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup 2 Set the digital voltmeter as follows Measurement Function AC Volts mode Display Reading Value dBm reading value Measurement Method Synchronous Sampling Conversion AC Bandwidth lt 2 MHz 3 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Meas Config R for Input R test Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE R Meas Config A for Input A test Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE A Meas Config B for Input B test Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE B Meas Config C for Input C test Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE C Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Span 0 Hz Span 0 x 1 IF BW 30 Hz Sweep IF BW 30 x 1 Number of points 20 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 20 x 1 Source Power 4 dBm Sweep POWER Z4 x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB for Input R test System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB 2 38 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Input A Attenuator 0 dB for Input A test System MORE ATTENUATOR A O dB Input B Attenuator O dB for Input B test System MORE ATTENUATOR B O dB Input C Attenuator O dB for Input C test System MORE ATTENUATOR C O dB Statistics ON Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON 4 Set the E5100A s center frequency and Multimeter s AC Bandwidth accord
8. Agilent P N 1250 1476 BNC m BNC m Cable 122 em isses Agilent P N 8120 1840 2 ea 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 Procedure 1 Set up the test configuration as shown in Figure 3 3 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm TO FREQ REFERENCE OUT TO EXT REF INPUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER on the Rear Panel odio E5100A B HH Ic og 000 O Z 50 ohm Termination N m BNC f Hu Adapter No Connection if Opt 001 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm C7902021 Figure 3 3 Phase Noise Test Setup Note Harmonics Test Non Harmonic Spurious Test and Phase Noise Test use the i same test setup Y 3 6 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 2 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Source Power 0 dBm POWER 0 x Span Frequency 0 Hz 0 x 1 3 Set the spectrum analyzer as follows Frequency Span 25 kHz 4 Set the E5100A s center frequency the spectrum analyzer s center frequency and its resolution bandwidth according to the following table Then record the spectrum analyzer reading at center frequency into calculation sheet and record the
9. 0000 0000 0000 D D D C gt 2 B 1 LJ N m BNC m Adapter Ro Power Splitter o y 50 ohm Termination for Opt 003 600 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E Ja 0 N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 No Attenuator 3 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02027 11 12 15 14 15 Figure 2 22 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 001 Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 600 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 10 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration Cal ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the low level test and high level test for B R C R and C B measurement Per
10. 20 8491A Opt 020 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em Agilent P N 8120 1839 3ea N m BNC f Adapter 0 0 ene eerren Agilent P N 1250 0780 3ea 500 Feedthrough 2 11048C Opt 101 301 Procedure Input Impedance 500 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 29 2 60 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 E5100A pl le 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E Power Splitter No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7S02035 Figure 2 29 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 1 2 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Power 1 dBm Sweep POWER 1 x 1 IF BW 30 Hz IF BW 30 x Active Channel CHI Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 Measurement A R MEAS A R Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Scale 0 1 dB div Display SCALE MENU SCALE DIV Ex 1 Input R Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB 25 dB 9 Store the measurement data using the following key stroke Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 Display DEFINE TRACE DATA MEM 4 Reverse R and A cable connections on the E
11. Disassembled Rear Panel C7506001 Figure 7 1 Fan Troubleshooting Setup e Turn the DC power supply on Adjust the output voltage to 24 V 7 2 Power Supply Troubleshooting f Check the fan is rotating Check the FAN LOCK signal is as shown in Figure 7 1 m If the fan is not rotating or the FAN LOCK signal is unexpected replace the fan m If these are good the fan is verified m Reconnect the fan power cable to the Motherboard A20J20 Power Supply Troubleshooting 73 Troubleshoot the Power Supplies Use this procedure when the fan is not rotating and the LCD display is never turned on in the power on sequence Measure the Output Voltages of Power Supplies a Turn the analyzer power off b Remove the outer cover of the E5100A B Q Turn the analyzer power on a Measure the output voltages at the A20J16 A20J17 and A20J18 pins using a voltmeter with a small probe C 7506002 Figure 7 2 Power Supply Output Pins on A20 Mother Board 7 4 Power Supply Troubleshooting Table 7 1 Power Supply Output Voltages on A20 Mother Board Power Supply Connector Pin Output Voltage Range PS 130W A20J16 Pin 4 5 6 5 V 4 5 V to 5 5 V A20J16 Pin 8 5 V 4 5 Vto 5 5V A20J16 Pin 1 2 3 7 GND A20J17 Pin 3 4 24 V 21 6 V to 26 4 V A20J17 Pin 5 15 V 13 5 V to 16 5 V
12. Figure D 1 Serial Number Plate D 2 Manual Changes Error Messages This section lists the error messages that are displayed on the analyzer display or transmitted by the instrument over GPIB Each error message is accompanied by an explanation and suggestions are provided to help in solving the problem Where applicable references are given to related sections of the Operation and Maintenance manuals When displayed error messages are usually preceded with the word CAUTION That part of the error message has been omitted here for the sake or brevity Some messages are for information only and do not indicate an error condition Two listings are provided the first is in alphabetical order and the second in numerical order In addition to error messages instrument status is indicate by status notations on the display Examples are and Sometimes these appear in conjunction with error messages A complete listing of status and notations and their meanings is provided in Front and Rear Panel Error Messages in Alphabetical Order 1522 ADDITIONAL STANDARDS NEEDED Error correction for the selected calibration class cannot be computed until all the necessary standards have been measured 163 CALIBRATION REQUIRED No valid calibration coefficients were found when user attempted to turn calibration on 5 CAN T CHANGE ANOTHER CONTROLLER ON BUS The analyzer cannot assume the mode of system c
13. Test Channel Input Dynamic Accuracy Level RF Attenuator Frequency 25 dB 0 dB Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz 5 to 5 dBm 20 to 30 dBm 0 4 dB 5 to 45 dBm 30 to 70 dBm 0 1 dB 45 to 55 dBm 70 to 80 dBm 0 1 dB 55 to 65 dBm 80 to 90 dBm 0 2 dB 65 to 75 dBm 90 to 100 dBm 0 6 dB 10 to 5 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz 2 25 to 30 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz at 23 5 C 10 Hz IF BW 10 dBm reference input level relative to maximum input level 20 dBm test input level relative to maximum input level except for ramp frequency sweep 2 42 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Test Channel Input Dynamic Accuracy Level RF Attenuator Frequency 25 dB 0 dB Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz 5 to 5 dBm 20 to 30 dBm 30 5 to 15 dBm 30 to 40 dBm 0 6 15 to 45 dBm 40 to 70 dBm 0 3 45 to 55 dBm 70 to 80 dBm 0 3 55 to 65 dBm 80 to 90 dBm t 0 6 65 to 75 dBm 90 to 100 dBm 1 8 75 to 85 dBm 100 to 110 dBm 62 85 to 95 dBm 110 to 120 dBm 18 1 0 to 5 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz 2 25 to 30 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz Test Equipment 80 dB Step Attenuator Attenuator Switch Driver Attenuator Pad 20 dB Attenuator Pad 20 dB Attenuator Pad 10 dB Attenuator Pad 10 dB BNC m BNC m Cable 61 cm N
14. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 13 35 Front Plugs 4444404 4 13 36 Front Keyboard Assembly 2 2 2 2 2 25 22 D2 2 2 5 5 13 37 Monochrome LCD Assembly 14 4 13 38 Monochrome LCD Assembly 2 4 Including Power Supply PS 30W 13 39 Monochrome LCD Assembly 34 13 40 Monochrome LCD Assembly 44 13 41 Color LCD Assembly 1 6 Including Power Supply PS 30W 13 42 Color LCD Assembly 2 6 lll e 4 en 13 43 Color LCD Assembly 8 6 l l 4 4n 13 44 Color LCD Assembly 4 6 l l ll 13 45 Color LCD Assembly 5 6 2 13 46 Color LCD Assembly 6 6 ll ll ll es 13 47 Monochrome Color LCD Assembly 2 2 2 25 25 2 52 4 5 24 13 48 Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 1 2 l l 13 49 Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 2 2 4 ls 13 50 Line Switch Assembly 2 2 2 25 22 22 2 25 22D5 525 252 5 13 51 A28 Source Switch Board Opt 0083 a a a a a 13 52 A29 500 1M9 Switch Opt 101 301 0 13 53 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 13 54 Front Panel Assembly 2 2 2 25225 22 25 225 25 2 5D2 5424 13 55 500 1M9 Label Opt 101 301 e 13 56 EXT REF INT REF Connectors 44 4444s n 13 57 Contents 18 13 48 13 49 13 50 13 51 13 52 13 53 13 54 13 55 13 56
15. Adapter Use an N m BNC f adapter if required C7S02022 N N f BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 Co BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT F3 VSWR 1 015 dj Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 Figure 3 13 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 002 3 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Preset Channel 1 Measurement A R Format LOG MAG Channel 2 Measurement A R Format Phase Dual Channel ON Coupled Channel ON Start 3 MHz Stop 50 001 MHz NOP 2 IFBW 10 Hz Power 5 dBm Key Strokes Preset Meas Format MEAS A R FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS A R FORMAT MORE PHASE Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Sweep COUPLED CH on OFF turn it ON Start E x M Stop 50 001 x M Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 2 x 1 IF BW 10 x 1 RETURN POWER x 1 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 37 Input R Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB A 95 dB Set the step Attenuator setting to O dB 5 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Perform the follow
16. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup l l Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 002 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 002 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 002 3 16 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 001 Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 618 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 001 Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 618 eee Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 001 Opt 218 318 with Opt 008 and Opt 010 and Opt 618 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 118 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 118 lll Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 118 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 1 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 2 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 8 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 4 Phase Frequency Respo
17. From Upper Left A1 Switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A1SW1 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF 8 16 Digital Control Troubleshooting d Turn the analyzer power on e Check the Al LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8 6 Table 8 6 Al DRAM Test Status A1 LED DS2 A1 LED DS3 Test Status 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Testing 2101019 SRE Pass olololololilolo R W Test Fail rlololololilolo Adrs Test Fail olilolololilolo 10 OFF 1 ON When the test completes LED s marked 1 flash at intervals of about 1 second f Restore the AISWI to the original settings g If this test fails replace the Al CPU Al Instruction Flash Memory Test The Al Instruction Flash Memory test performs device check erase test and R W test Perform the following procedure to verify the Al Instruction Flash Memories using the Al On Board Test Mode a Turn the analyzer power off b Remove the outer cover of the an alyzer c Set the Al switch A1SW1 as shown in Table 8 7 Table 8 7 Al Instruction Flash Memory Test Switch Settings From Upper Left Al Switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A1SW1 ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF d Turn the analyzer power on e Check the Al LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8 8 Note It takes about 5 minutes to complete the A1 Instruction Flash Memory Test Y Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 17 Table 8 8 A1
18. Lt Input C y E 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm No Connection if Opt 001 C7502001 Figure 2 1 Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 1 Note If the E5100A B has Option 1D5 confirm that a BNC m BNC m adapter i is connected between the EXT REF INPUT 10 N MHz connector and the Y REF OVEN OptION 1D5 connector on the rear panel If Option 1D5 is NOT installed connect nothing to the EXT REF INPUT 10 N MHz connector 2 Set the gate time of the frequency counter to 100 ms 3 Set up the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Span Frequency O Hz 0 x 1 Center Frequency 300 MHz Center 800 x M 4 Record the frequency counter reading on the Performance Test Record 2 2 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 Harmonics Test This test measures the E5100A signal source s second harmonics and third harmonics with a spectrum analyzer Note The E5100B does not require this test v Specification Harmonics for E5100A Opt 001 without Opt 010 2 35 dBc at 4dBm output level Opt 002 without Opt 010 lt 35 dBc at 10dBm output level Opt 003 without Opt 010 lt 35 dBc at 7dBm output level Opt 001 with Opt 010 anaa
19. dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB Calculation Sheet A 13 Measurement R into C A into R A14 Calculation Sheet Frequency 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 KHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 KHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz a a 7 8 Lo c 82 QQ O c uoo 7 B QQ 6 5 B QA A 7 NS QA S B G G S B Trace Max dB dB dB dB Test Result a b c d 4 dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB Measurement into B A into C Frequency 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 KHz 100 kHz to 200 KHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz aa c 9 oct QQ 6 7 Y RATS 6 7 Y Ba TPF RATES G NO S S Trace Max dB dB dB dB Test Result a b c d 4 dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB Calculation Sheet A 15 Measurement Binto R B into M16 Calculation Sheet Frequency 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 KHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 KHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz a
20. 2 2 2 252 2 2525 2 2 25 5 13 5 Digital Control Theory 13 6 Al CPU 13 8 A2 Peripheral 4 444440 0 13 8 A O Front Keyboard 4 ll 4 4 0 13 8 LCD Display 444 4 4 4 4 ee a 13 8 FDD 2 13 8 Source There 13 9 A27 Synthesizer 4 ll 4 4 4 4 4 es 13 9 REF OSG 2 1 A 13 9 FRAC NOSC 2 2 2 2 252 25252525225252252 2 252252525 5 24 13 9 LO PLL Synthesizer 4 4 4 a 13 9 A24 Source 26 54 444 4 ee 4 4 0 13 10 Multipliers x3 x2 x2 44 0 13 10 RF Mixer 2 l4 E s 13 10 LO Mixer 44444444 ee ee oss 13 10 A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 600 a a a a a a a 13 10 Source Group Operation 13 10 Receiver Theory 13 11 A26R A B C Receiver 2 4 4 4 4 4 0 4 0 ee S ss 13 11 Input Attenuator 4 4 4 4 4 e 44 a e 13 11 Introduction a a 4444444444 ee eee os 13 14 Replaceable Parts List 13 14 Ordering Information 4 4 4 e 4 4 4 440 13 15 Direct Mail Order System 13 15 Assemblies in Main Board Slots a 13 17 Contents 6 14 15 Bottom Assemblies a a a a a Front Assemblies Rear Assemblies a a Chassis Assemblies ll ll ll e A Other Parts l l ll ll 4 444 ee Replacement Procedures Introduction l2 ll s s l4 4 ee ee Outer Cover Removal Tools Required e e A
21. From Upper Left Al Switch 1 2f 3 4 5 6 7 8 A1SW1 OFF ON OFF ON ON ON ON OFF d Turn the analyzer power on e Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8 14 Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 19 Table 8 14 A1 Storage Flash Memory Test Status Al LED DS2 Al LED DS3 Test Status a 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Testing 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 Pass 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 Illegal Device 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 Erase Fail 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 R W Fail 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 OFF 1 ON When the test completes LED s marked 1 flash at intervals of about 1 second f Restore the AISWI to the original settings g If this test fails replace the Al CPU Al Peripheral IC 2 Test The Al Peripheral IC 2 Test performs DIN test Perform the following procedure to verify the Al Peripheral IC 2 DIN using the Al On Board Test Mode a Turn the analyzer power off b Remove the outer cover of the analyzer c Set the Al switch AISW1 as shown in Table 8 15 Table 8 15 A1 Peripheral IC 2 Test Switch Settings From Upper Left A1 Switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A1SW1 ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF d Turn the analyzer power on e Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8 16 Table 8 16 A1 Peripheral IC 2 Test Status A1 LED DS2 A1 LED DS3 Test Status 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Testing RE E of Tt tye
22. 2 Agilent P N 1250 0780 5ea N f BNC f Adapter 00 eee Agilent P N 1250 1474 50 Q Termination BNC type 2 2 11593A 50 Q Feedthrough 0 00 0 b tent rarer earen 11048C BNC f Dual Banana Plug 2 Agilent P N 1251 2277 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em Agilent P N 8120 1839 4ea Procedure 1 Connect the E5100A power splitter and multimeter as shown in Figure 3 12 3 30 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 E5100A EEE 000 MRE Dual Banana to BNC f Adapter DEDO AGE T 1 0000 2lo0000 M 2 T Feedthrough BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm 20 dB ATT A et H A Power A N m BNC f spiitter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter C7S02034 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter POWER METER Power N f BNC f Sensor Adapter Figure 3 12 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup 2 Set the digital voltmeter as follows Measurement Function Display Reading Value Measurement Method AC Volts mode dBm reading value Synchronou
23. E5100A B 0000 0000 0000 2000 Doo 5o0 RatoB c UU 50 ohm Termination for Opt 002 003 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 20dBATT 1 20 dB ATT VSWR lt 1 015 VSWR lt 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02031 Figure 2 26 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 100 3 Set the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Channel 1 Measurement A R MEAS A Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Measurement A R ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS Format Phase FORMAT MORE PHASE Dual Channel ON MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Coupled Channel ON COUPLED CH on OFF turn it ON Start 3 MHz x M Stop 50 001 MHz x M 2 56 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 NOP 2 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 2 x 1 IF BW 10 Hz IF BW 10 x 1 RETURN Power 0 dBm POWER 0 x 1 Input A Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT A 25 dB Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Perform the followin
24. If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 88 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 88 A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ INTG If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 89 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 89 A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ CNTL Source Group Troubleshooting 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 90 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 90 A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 91 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 91 A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ INTG If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 92 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 92 A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ CNTL If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 93 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 93 A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 94 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 94 A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ INTG If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace th
25. Y 15 10 Board Configuration 16 Post Repair Procedures Introduction The Table 16 1 lists the procedures which must be performed after the replacement of an assembly When you replace an assembly confirm the Board Configuration and perform the Adjustments and Performance Tests following Table 16 1 Post Repair Procedures 16 1 Table 16 1 Post Repair Procedures Replaced Board Required Required Assembly Config Adjustments Verification Al CPU None If flash ROMs are replaced Internal Tests VCXO Frequency Calibration Source Correction IF Attenuator Correction Receiver Calibration A2 Peripheral None None Internal Tests 24 bit I O Test A3 DSP None None Internal Tests A24 Source None Source Correction Frequency Range and Accuracy Harmonics Non Harmonic Sprious Phase Noise Source Level Accuracy Flatness Source Power Linearity Receiver Noise Level Trace Noise Residual Response Input Crosstalk Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Dynamic Accuracy Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Phase Frequency Response A25 RF Amplifier None Source Correction Frequency Range and Accuracy Harmonics Source Level Accuracy Flatness Source Power Linearity A26R A B C None IF Attenuator Correction Receiver Noise Level Receiver Receiver Calibration Trace Noise Residual Response Input Crosstalk Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Dynamic Accuracy Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Phase Frequency Re
26. 65 dBm 80 to 90 dBm 0 1 dB 65 to 75 dBm 90 to 100 dBm 0 3 dB 75 to 85 dBm 100 to 110 dBm 0 9 dB 85 to 95 dBm 110 to 120 dBm 3 dB 10to 5 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz 2 25 to 30 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz with Option 118 at 23 5 C 10 Hz IF BW 20 dB input A level relative to maximum input level except for ramp frequency sweep right after measuring reference Test Channel Input Dynamic Accuracy Level RF Attenuator Frequency 25 dB 0 dB Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz 5 to 5 dBm 20 to 30 dBm 0 4 dB 5 to 45 dBm 30 to 70 dBm 0 1 dB 45 to 55 dBm 70 to 80 dBm 0 1 dB 55 to 65 dBm 80 to 90 dBm 0 2 dB 65 to 75 dBm 90 to 100 dBm 0 6 dB 10to 5 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz 2 25 to 30 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz at 23 5 C 10 Hz IF BW 10 dBm reference input level relative to maximum input level 20 dBm test input level relative to maximum input level except for ramp frequency sweep Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 35 Test Channel Input Dynamic Accuracy Level RF Attenuator Frequency 25 dB 0 dB Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz 5 to 5 dBm 20 to 30 dBm 30 5 to 15 dBm 30 to 40 dBm 0 6 15 to 45 dBm 40 to 70 dBm 0 3 45 to 55 dBm 70 to 80 dBm 0 3 55 to 65 dBm 80 to 90 dBm
27. 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm Test Result NANA AAA AAA AA A A A A A B 16 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Input C Frequency 47 85 MHz 47 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 79 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz 239 8 MHz 239 825 MHz Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 17 Test Result Test Limit 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm NAA A AAA AAA AAA A A A 10 Input Crosstalk Test E5100A Measurement R into A Crosstalk R into B Crosstalk R into C Crosstalk A into R Crosstalk A into B Crosstalk A into C Crosstalk Frequency 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz Test Result Test Limit lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt B 18 Performance Test Record for E
28. Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 5 dB 1 5 dB Option 002 with Option 010 E5100A Minimum Test Result Maximum Power Setting Limit Limit 16 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 20 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 30 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 40 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 50 dBm 1 5 dB 1 5 dB 54 dBm 1 5 dB 1 5 dB Option 003 without Option 010 E5100A Minimum Test Result Maximum Power Setting Limit Limit 7 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 5 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 5 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 13 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Option 003 with Option 010 Option 618 E5100A Minimum Test Result Maximum Power Setting Limit Limit 18 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 20 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 30 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 40 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 50 dBm 1 5 dB 1 5 dB 52 dBm 1 5 dB 1 5 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 7 7 Receiver Noise Level Test E5100A At IF BW 100 Hz Frequency R A B 10 kHz 95 kHz 455 kHz 1 01 MHz 10 7 MHz 101 MHz 110 MHz 179 MHz At IF BW 300 Hz Frequency R A B 455 kHz 101 MHz At IF BW 1 KHz Frequency R A B 455 kHz 101 MHz At IF BW 3 kHz Frequency R A B 455 kHz 10
29. 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 95 dBm 3 dB 3 dB Phase A Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 3 3 5 dBm 0 6 0 6 25 dBm 0 3 0 3 35 dBm 0 3 0 3 45 dBm 0 3 0 3 55 dBm 0 3 0 3 65 dBm 0 6 0 6 75 dBm 1 8 1 8 85 dBm 6 6 95 dBm 18 18 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 23 B R Measurement Magnitude Ratio B Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 0 4 dB 0 4 dB 5 dBm 0 09 dB 0 09 dB 25 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 85 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 45 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 55 dBm 0 06 dB 0 06 dB 65 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 75 dBm 0 3 dB 0 3 dB 85 dBm 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 95 dBm 3 dB 3 dB Phase BInput Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 3 3 5 dBm 0 6 0 6 25 dBm 0 3 0 3 35 dBm 0 3 0 3 45 dBm 0 3 0 3 55 dBm 0 3 0 3 65 dBm 0 6 0 6 75 dBm 1 8 1 8 85 dBm 6 6 95 dBm 18 18 B 24 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 C R Measurement Magnitude Ratio C Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 0 4dB 0 4 dB 5 dBm 0 09 dB 0 09 dB 25 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 35 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 45 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 55 dBm 0 06 dB 0 06 dB 65 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 75 d
30. 1 Check the INT REF Signal a Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 9 1 BNC m BNC m Cable 122 om O EXT TO EXT REF REFERENCE Spectrum Analyzer E5100A B m oo 4 e oo E Bal ooo Input OUTPUT Rear TO INT REF N m BNC f Output E Adapter BNC m BNC m Cable 61 cm C7508001 Figure 9 1 INT REF Test Setup b Initialize the spectrum analyzer Then set the controls as follows Controls Settings Center Frequency 10 MHz Span 15 MHz Reference Level 10 dBm c On the spectrum analyzer press PEAK SEARCH to move the marker to the peak of the INT REF signal d Check that the frequency is approximately 10 MHz and the level is 2 dBm 4 dB The INT REF signal should be as shown in Figure 9 2 m If the INT REF signal is good continue with 3 Check the FRAC N OSC Signal m If the INT REF signal is bad inspect the cable and connections between the INT REF connector and A27J10 If the cable and connections are good replace A27 9 8 Source Group Troubleshooting REF Output Signal 10 MHz 2 dBm typical MKR 10 02 MHz REF 10 0 dBm ATTEN 20 dB 2 90 dBm c CENTER 10 MHz SPAN 15 0 MHz RES BW 100 kHz VBW 300 kHz SWP 20 0 msec C5907006 Figure
31. 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Input R Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Input A Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Accuracy Test Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB B 20 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Input A Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Input B Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Input B Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimi
32. 15 Repeat the low level test and high level test for B R measurement 3 48 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 For Option 118 Low Level Test 1 Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet 2 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 22 E5100A B 0000 0000 0000 2000 Doo 5o0 2 R ASE C UU E Li 50 ohm Termination for Opt 002 003 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 20 dB ATT 20 dB ATT VSWR lt 1 015 VSWR 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02031 Figure 3 22 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 118 3 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Channel 1 Measurement A R Meas Format MEAS A Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Channel 2 Measurement A R Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS Format Phase FORMAT MORE PHASE Dual Channel ON Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Coupled Channel ON Sweep COUPLED CH on OFF turn it ON Start 3 MHz Start 3 x M Stop 50 001 MHz Stop 50 001 x M Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218
33. 87 A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ POWER ON TEST 88 A27 DCBUS VCO 10KHZ INTG 89 A27 DCBUS VCO 10KHZ CNTL POWER ON TEST 90 A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ 91 A27 DCBUS VCO 100MHZ INTG 92 A27 DCBUS VCO 100MHZ CNTL 93 A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ 94 A27 DCBUS VCO 200MHZ INTG 95 A27 DCBUS VCO 200MHZ CNTL 96 A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ LPOWER ON TEST 97 A27 DCBUS VCO 300MHZ INTG 98 A27 DCBUS VCO 300MHZ CNTL POWER ON TEST 3 Check the A1 ICs The following A1 ICs are tested using the Al On Board Test Mode m DRAM m Instruction Flash Memory m Peripheral IC 1 m SRAM m Storage Flash Memory m Peripheral IC 2 Note m 70 test using the Al On Board Test Mode erases all correction constants and i firmware data in the AI flash memories You need to install new firmware Y and to perform all adjustments after the Al On Board Test m Before you change the AISWI switch settings on the Al CPU in accordance with each test procedure you must record the switch settings so that you can restore the settings after completing the Al On Board Test If you forget the original settings see the Board Configuration chapter A1 DRAM Test The Al DRAM test performs R W test and address test Perform the following procedure to verify the Al DRAM using the Al On Board Test Mode a Turn the analyzer power off b Remove the outer cover of the analyzer c Set the Al switch A1SW1 as shown in Table 8 5 Table 8 5 A1 DRAM Test Switch Settings
34. A26B DCBUS 5V A26B DCBUS 12VA A26B DCBUS 12VB Voltage test fails at the 12V internal de bus node 12VB of the A26R Receiver The A26R Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26R Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node ADC REF VOLT of the A26R Receiver The A26R Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26R Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal dc bus node 12VA of the A26B Receiver The A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26B Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal dc bus node 12VB of the A26B Receiver The A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26B Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 5V internal dc bus node 5VA of the A26B Receiver The A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26B Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 5V internal dc bus node 5VB of the A26B Receiver The A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26B Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 5V internal dc bus node of the A26B Receiver The A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26B Receiver See the Receiver Grou
35. CLAROSTAT MFG CO INC DOVER NH US 03820 16428 COOPER INDUSTRIES INC HOUSTON TX US 77210 28480 AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES CO CORPORATE HQ PALO ALTO CA US 94304 28520 HEYCO MOLDED PRODUCTS KENTWORTH NJ US 07033 73734 FEDERAL SCREW PRODUCTS CO CHICAGO IL US 60618 75915 LITTELFUSE INC DES PLAINES IL US 60016 76381 3M CO ST PAUL MN US 55144 78189 ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC SHAKEPROOF ELGIN IL US 60126 13 14 Theory of Operation Ordering Information To order a part listed in the replaceable parts table quote the Agilent Technologies part number with a check digit indicate the quantity required and address the order to the nearest Agilent Technologies office The check digit will ensure accurate and timely processing of the order To order a part that not listed in the replaceable parts table include the instrument model number the description and function of the part and the quantity of parts required Address to order to the nearest Agilent Technologies office Direct Mail Order System Within the USA Agilent Technologies can supply parts through a direct mail order system Advantages of using this system are 1 Direct ordering and shipment from the Agilent Technologies Parts Center in Mountain View California 2 No maximum or minimum on any mail order there is a minimum order amount for parts ordered through a local Agilent Technologies office when the orders require billing and invoicing 3 Prepaid tra
36. E5100 04001 4 0950 2942 8 1 DC ACINV 28480 0950 2942 Theory of Operation 13 39 Front Assemblies C7513006 Figure 13 26 Monochrome LCD Assembly 3 4 Table 13 30 Monochrome LCD Assembly 3 4 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 61635 9 1 WIRE ASSY INVTR 28480 E5100 61635 2 0515 1550 O 4 SCR M3 L 8 P H 28480 0515 1550 13 40 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies C7513038 Figure 13 27 Monochrome LCD Assembly 4 4 Table 13 31 Monochrome LCD Assembly 4 4 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 61633 7 1 WIRE ASSY LW30 28480 E5100 61633 2 1400 1334 6 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1334 Theory of Operation 13 41 Front Assemblies 07513007 Figure 13 28 Color LCD Assembly 1 6 Including Power Supply PS 30W Table 13 32 Color LCD Assembly 1 6 Including Power Supply PS 30W Ref Agilent Part c Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 09502919 9 1 PWR SPLY LW30 01 28480 0950 2919 2 E5000 04001 H 1 over LCD 28480 5000 04001 3 0515 1550 0 2 SCR M3 L8 P H 28480 0515 1550 13 42 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies em Du L 185mm HIH C7513
37. H3AISO3H a92v FIO 8 1 x SEX gp Sc CS ZOZONV 8x 8x ZHN 8 o E i an QUY i AA 2 VENA E L dsq ev px Lx zp zt v Liv Olnv i i i e YILAN i i LN 3 A CE as 004 AA 8 4 X 8 4 X gp s i lt 2026 i 8x 8x ps Too A lt j 4 A gt lt HYHA HA e asd ev Lx EX zHIS TL Liv OLNV i i i HALIAN i i LN i H3A13934 H9CV Figure 13 6 Receiver Section Block Diagram chapter gt Replaceable Parts 13 13 Theory of Operation Introduction This chapter contains information for ordering replaceable parts Analyzer replaceable parts include major assemblies and all chassis hardware In general parts of major assemblies are not included Replaceable Parts List Replaceable parts tables list the following information for each part 1 2 3 ot ue Agilent Technologies part number Part number check digit CD Part quantity as shown in the corresponding figure There may or may not be more of the same part located elsewhere in the instrument Part description using abbreviations typical manufacturer of the part in a five digit code refer to the Manufacture Code List The manufacturer s part number Table 13 1 Manufacturers Code List Mfr Name Location Zipcode 00779 AMP INC HARRISBURG PA US 17111 06383 PANDUIT CORP TINLEY PARK IL US 60477 12881 METEX CORP EDISON NJ US 08817 12697
38. LAIS TLINOL YAZISSHLNAS Td 01 gt Y Hex ZHW O S 9 ZHI O87 ddl 349 dd ZHINOSP ZHWOS A ien LZ 0Z 21 91 ok OXOA ZHIN 89686 6 vaassaL HoH HHVH ZHIN 0 S 9 ZHIN 087 dd dd8 39YN0S boy daa ZHNOF YAZISAHLNAS ZZY C7812011 Figure 13 5 Source Section Block Diagram 13 12 Theory of Operation ZHAOOL piada ox ap sz ces 02 14 EN ZAN i 40 00V HVHN HA E e S ds ev ZHA SZH Dd LLv o1nv i i i i i ape i HALIANT i i i i tp i i i i IN 2H DO D 1 BEEN 9 x 8 1 x ap sz de 2026 q 8x 8x ZHI 9 d an oaw 9 DP HU Ha SOL TIA AO o o o asq ev EX EX zWigal Liv OLNV i i i HSIN i i 2 T O
39. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B R C R and C B measurement Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 47 For Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 001 Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 600 Low Level Test 1 Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet 2 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 20 E5100A B BO D000 DO 0000 9 0000 D D D C Do L a N m BNC m Adapter _ y Power Splitt ower sp er 50 ohm Termination for Opt 003 600 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm a Ls d N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT 10 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 VSWR 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02025 Figure 2 20 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 001 Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 600 3 Set the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Channel 1 Measurement A R MEAS A R Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Channel 2 Measurement A R ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS A R Format Phase FORMAT MORE PHA
40. 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 85 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 45 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 55 dBm 0 06 dB 0 06 dB 65 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 75 dBm 0 3 dB 0 3 dB 85 dBm 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 95 dBm 3 dB 3 dB Phase BInput Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 3 3 5 dBm 0 6 0 6 25 dBm 0 3 0 3 35 dBm 0 3 0 3 45 dBm 0 3 0 3 55 dBm 0 3 0 3 65 dBm 0 6 0 6 75 dBm 1 8 1 8 85 dBm 6 6 95 dBm 18 18 C 18 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 A Measurement Option 118 Magnitude Ratio A Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 20 dBm 0 4 dB 0 4 dB 30 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 50 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 60 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 70 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 80 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 90 dBm 0 2 dB 0 2 dB 100 dBm 0 6 dB 0 6 dB Phase CInput Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 20 dBm 3 3 30 dBm 0 6 0 6 50 dBm 0 3 0 3 60 dBm 0 3 0 3 70 dBm 0 3 0 3 80 dBm 0 3 0 3 90 dBm 0 6 0 6 100 dBm 1 8 1 8 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 19 13 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test E5100A Input Impedance 50 Q A R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 1 dB 100 kHz to 100
41. 1 NUT HEX DBL CHAM BNC 28480 2950 0035 1250 2312 3 1 ADPT RF N SMA TYPE N 28480 1250 2312 2190 0104 0 1 WSHR LK INTL T TYPE N 28480 2190 0104 2950 0132 6 1 NUT HEX DUB CHAM TYPE N 28480 2950 0132 1 For Port R A B and C 2 For Port A and B Opt 102 or 302 Theory of Operation 13 33 Front Assemblies Table 13 21 RF Cable for Port R Ref Agilent Part C Qty For Option Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Installed NotInstalled Code Number 2 E5100 616011 9 1 100 28480 E5100 61601 1 Port R to A26RJ2 Table 13 22 RF Cable for Port A Ref Agilent Part C Qty For Option Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Installed Not Installed Code Number 2 E5100 616021 0 1 100 101 102 28480 E5100 61602 200 101 102 300 301 302 400 301 302 600 E5100 61626 8 1 100 101 102 28480 E5100 61626 200 101 102 300 301 302 400 301 302 E5100 61654 2 1 100 102 101 28480 E5100 61654 200 102 101 300 302 301 400 302 301 E5100 61650 8 1 100 101 102 28480 E5100 61650 200 101 102 300 301 302 400 301 302 E5100 61652 0 1 300 510 28480 E5100 61652 1 Port A to A26AJ2 2 Port A to A29J2 3 Port A to A26AJ2 Semi rigid cable 13 34 Theory of Operation Table 13 23 RF Cable for Port B Front Assemblies Ref Agilent Part C Qty For Opti
42. 12 15 14 15 16 ACTIVE CH set to CH2 SEARCH MAX If Option 400 is installed move the Channel 3 marker to the maximum value C R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH2 SEARCH MAX Repeat steps 4 and 7 three more times and record each maximum value on the calculation sheet Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage value and record the data in the performance test record Change the E5100A s start frequency stop frequency and number of points as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Start Frequency 100 2 kHz Start 100 2 x k Stop Frequency 199 8 kHz Stop 199 8 x E Number of Points 4 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 4 x 1 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX Move the Channel 2 marker to the maximum value B R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH2 SEARCH MAX If Option 400 is installed move the Channel 3 marker to the maximum value C R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the c
43. 2 SCR M4X8 28480 0515 2079 2 1400 1334 6 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1334 Theory of Operation 13 69 Chassis Assemblies Chassis Assemblies C7S13025 Figure 13 56 Front Frame Assembly Table 13 60 Front Frame Assembly Ref Agilent Part c Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 5021 8405 6 1 FRONTFRAME 28480 5021 8405 2 8160 0641 3 1 GASKET BRAID 28480 8160 0641 13 70 Theory of Operation Chassis Assemblies C7 13026 Figure 13 57 Chassis Parts Table 13 61 Chassis Parts Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 60001 1 1 cassis ASSY 28480 E5100 60001 2 0515 2079 0 3 SCR M4X8 28480 0515 2079 Theory of Operation 13 71 Chassis Assemblies C7913042 Front Screws 58 gure 13 Fi Front Screws 62 Table 13 y Mfr Part Number Mfr Code ion ipt Descr C Qt D 6 Agilent Part Number Ref Desig 28480 0515 0889 MACH M3 5X6 SCR 8 0515 0889 1 13 72 Theory of Operation Chassis Assemblies CD 07513054 Figure 13 59 Front Trim Table 13 63 Front Trim Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 5041 8802 9 1 TRIM STRIP 28480 5041 8802 2 5001 0540 2 2 TRIM SI
44. 21 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 21 x 1 15 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 16 Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX 17 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 18 Change the connection as shown in Figure 2 15 E5100B EE 0000 EE 0000 0000 0000 Do oaj ooo sod 2 Rot EE 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm C7502018 Figure 2 15 A into R Input Crosstalk Test Setup 19 Repeat steps 2 through 17 for R A in accordance with the test setup listed in Table 2 12 2 36 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 11 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test This test checks the E5100A s absolute amplitude accuracy A digital multimeter and a power meter are used to measure the actual output level at each setting Note An E5100B does not require this test v Note An E5100A with Option 510 does not require this test v Specification Absolute Amplitude Accuracy 1 0 dB E5100A at 23 5 C 10 dBm input Tes
45. 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 85 dBc 85 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc lt 35 dBc NN AA AA A A A A A 1 E5100A with option 510 does not require the harmomics test at this frequency Option 010 or Option 618 Frequency Harmonics Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 20 kHz 30 kHz 200 kHz 300 kHz 2 MHz 3 MHz 20 MHz 30 MHz 200 MHz 300 MHz 180 MHz 360 MHz Test Result dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe C 2 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 Test Limit 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe 20 dBe AMA ANA AA A A A A A 4 Phase Noise Test Reference Frequency Test Result Test Limit 455 kHz 445 kHz lt 90 dBe 465 kHz lt 90 dBc 150 MHz 149 99 MHz lt 90 dBc 150 01 MHz lt 90 dBc 180 MHZ 179 99 MHz lt 90 dBe 180 01 MHz lt 90 dBe Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 3 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test Level Accuracy at 50 MHz 0 dBm Minimum Limit Test Result Maximum Limit dBm 1 dBm Level Flatness relative to 0 dBm at 50 MHz Option 001 002 without Option 010 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz 4 dB 2 dB 50 kHz 4 dB 2 dB 100 kHz 4 dB 2 dB 1 MHz 4 dB 2 dB 10 MHz 4 dB
46. 4 Record the frequency counter reading on the Performance Test Record 3 2 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 2 Harmonics Test This test measures the E5100A signal source s second harmonics and third harmonics with a spectrum analyzer Specification Harmonics for E5100A Opt 001 without Opt 010 lt 35 dBc at 4dBm output level Opt 002 without Opt 010 35 dBc at 10dBm output level Opt 003 without Opt 010 lt 35 dBc at 7dBm output level Opt 001 with Opt 010 20 dBc at 21 dBm output level Opt 002 with Opt 010 cece ees 20 dBc at 15 dBm output level Opt 003 with Opt 010 20 dBc at 18 dBm output level Opt 618 oo ee lt 20 dBc at 15dBm output level Test Equipment Spectrum Analyzer ssssssssssssss sse ee ne 8566A 66B 68A 68B N m BNC f Adapter 0 2 Agilent P N 1250 1476 BNC m BNC m Cable 122 em Agilent P N 8120 1840 2 ea 50 Q Termination BNC type Agilent 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 Procedure 1 Set up the test configuration shown in Figure 3 2 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm TO FREQ REFERENCE OUT TO EXT REF INPUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER on the Rear Pan Oo joo E5100A m0 m a eS oO
47. 5 V power supply from PS 130W assembly See the Power Supply Troubleshooting chapter m If the DSI 5V LED is good but the other DS1 DS2 and DS3 LEDs stay in the other pattern the Al CPU is probably faulty Replace the Al CPU DS2 and DS3 LED status shows the results of Boot ROM Checksum Test and DRAM Address Test a C7507001 Figure 8 2 A1 CPU LED Location Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 5 Table 8 2 A1 LEDs DS1 Status From Upper Left A1 LEDs 5v FAIL BDAC DS1 ON OFF OFF Table 8 3 A1 LEDs DS2 and DS3 Status From Upper Left A1 LEDs 1 2 3 4 DS2 OFF OFF OFF OFF DS3 OFF OFF OFF OFF 8 6 Digital Control Troubleshooting 2 Check Error Messages Turn the analyzer power on Check no error message appears on the LCD m If no error message is displayed continue with the Check the A1 ICs in this Start Here m If one of error messages listed below is displayed follow the instruction described below For the other message see the Error Messages in Messages Error Messages Instruction 330 Self test failed No xx This indicates the power on selftest failed Continue with the next Check Power On Selftest 157 BACKUP DATA LOST xxxxxx This indicates that the correction constants stored in the flash memories on the A1 CPU are invalid or the flash memories are faulty
48. A20J17 Pin 7 15 V 13 5 V to 16 5 V A20J1 Pin 1 2 6 GND PS 30W A20J18 Pin 3 4 5 V 4 5 V to 5 5 V A20J18 Pin 5 12V 10 8 V to 13 2 V A20J18 Pin 1 2 6 12 V 10 8 V to 13 2 V 1 Pin numbers are assigned from upper left on the A20 Motherboard 2 Remote on off switching voltage from A41 board for auto shut down e Check and replace an assembly in accordance with Table 7 2 Table 7 2 Output Voltage Test Result and Replacement Assembly PS 130W Output PS 30W Output Check Replace PASS FAIL FAIL FAIL PASS FAIL PS 30W A41 Board or PS 130W Cables from AC line to power supplies Power Supply Troubleshooting 15 Digital Control Troubleshooting Introduction Use this procedure only if you have followed the procedures in the Troubleshooting chapter and believe the problem to be in the digital control group This procedure is designed to let you identify the bad assembly within the digital control group in the shortest possible time Whenever an assembly is replaced in this procedure refer to the Post Repair Procedures chapter in this manual The following assemblies make up the digital control group Al CPU A2 Peripheral A3 DSP A40 Front Keyboard A41 Rear Board A42 Rear Board A43 44 45 46 I O Port LCD Display Assembly FDD Al CPU Replacement When you replace a faulty Al CPU with a new one remove the flash memories from the faulty Al and mount the
49. A24 DCBUS IST LOCAL If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 If Opt 010 600 is installed press 32 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 32 A25 DCBUS 15V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A25 RF Amplifier is a faulty board Replace the A25 Press 81 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 81 A27 DCBUS 13V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 82 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 82 A27 DCBUS 5V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 83 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 83 A27 DCBUS 12V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 84 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 84 A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJI If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 85 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 85 A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ2 If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 86 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 86 A27 FBUS 100KHZ If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 87 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 87 A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ
50. Agilent P N 8120 1839 3ea N m BNC f Adapter 2 Agilent P N 1250 1476 4ea max Procedure 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 7 E5100A B 50 ohi Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm A Power Splitte 1 No Connection if Opt 001 x 2 Use N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter for Opt 102 or 302 C7S02006 Figure 3 7 Trace Noise Test Setup 2 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 19 Preset Source Power 1 dBm Span Frequency 0 Hz Number of Points 201 Input R A Attenuator 25 dB Channel 1 Setup Measurement A R Format LOG MAG Statistics ON Preset Sweep POWER 1 x 1 Span 0 x 1 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 201 x 1 System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB PORT A 25 dB Meas Format MEAS A R Meas Format FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON Channel 2 Setup Measurement A R Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS A R Format PHASE Meas Format FORMAT MORE PHASE Statistics ON Marke UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON Dual Channel ON Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON 9 Set the E5100A s cent
51. Al Peripheral IC 2 Test Status 2 lll llle 8 20 I O Test Connection ls 8 21 Manufacturers Code List l l llle 13 14 List of Reference Designators 4 4 4 4 13 15 List of Abbreviations 13 16 Assemblies in Main Board Slots 13 18 PS 130W Power Supply Assembly e 13 19 A24 Board Shield Case l l ll ll s 13 20 A25 Board Shield Case ll ll es 13 21 RF Cables A27 to Rear Assembly a 13 22 RF Cables A24 to RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2 A25 A28 5 13 23 RF Cables A27 to A24 4 2 ll ll 4 4 4 2 13 24 RF Cables A25 to RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2 A24 A28 lll 13 25 RF Cables A26R A B C to Port R A B C or A29 oo 13 26 RF Cables A24 to AB 13 27 A20 Mother Board aoa 13 28 Power Supply Cable Clamps oaoa aa a a 13 29 Front Sub Panel and RF OUT Connector Assemblies 13 31 RF Cable for RFOUT1 4 4 0 13 31 RF Cable for RF OUT2 2 0 00 0 2 ee a 13 31 RF OUT Cable Clamps Opt 010 or 600 2 13 32 Input Port Connectors a 4 4 4 4 4s 13 33 RF Cable for PortR 4 4 a 13 34 RF Cable for Port A 4 4 0 4e 13 34 RF Cable for PortB 4 4 13 35 RF Cable for PortC 4 444 4 0 0 13 35 Probe Power Connector and Cable
52. CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the low level test and high level test for B R measurement 3 40 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 For Opt 218 318 with Opt 001 Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 618 Low Level Test 1 Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet 2 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 16 E5100A B BO D000 DO 0000 9 0000 D D D C Do L a N m BNC m Adapter _ y Power Splitt ower sp er 50 ohm Termination for Opt 003 600 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm L1 N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT 10 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 VSWR 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02025 Figure
53. Harmonics Test Setup Non Harmonic Spurious Test Setup len Phase Noise Test Setup Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test Source Power Linearity Test Receiver Noise Level Test Trace Noise Test Seu Residual Response Test Seta R into A B C Input Crosstalk Test Setup A into R B C Input Crosstalk Test Setup B into R A C Input Crosstalk Test Setup C into R A B Input Crosstalk Test Setup R into A Input Crosstalk Test Setup e A into R Input Crosstalk Test Setup o a a o Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup lll en Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 002 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 002 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 002 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 001 Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 600 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 001 Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 600 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 001 Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 600 Dynamic Accu
54. Pass 0 0 0 0 o 1 1 0 DIN Fail 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 10 OFF 1 ON When the test completes LED s marked 1 flash at intervals of about 1 second f Restore the AISWI to the original settings g If this test fails replace the A1 CPU 8 20 Digital Control Troubleshooting 4 Check the A43 44 45 46 1 O Port This test checks the I O Port function This test requires the I O Port Test Kit Agilent Part Number E5100 65001 Test Procedure a Turn the E5100A B OFF b Remove the outer cover of the E5100A B c Remove the 40 pin flat cable Agilent Part Number 04396 61662 from the 24 bit I O board Agilent Part Number E5100 66543 66544 66545 or 66546 in the E5100A B d Connect the 40 pin flat cable which is removed from the 24 bit I O board to the I O test board J1 A20 e Connect the I O test board J2 A43 44 45 46 and the 24 bit I O board with 40 pin flat cable included in the test kit f Connect the 24 bit I O port and I O test board J3 A43 J4 A44 J5 A45 or J6 A46 with D SUB 15 pin cable or 36 pin cable g Turn the E5100A B ON h Press System MORE SERVICE MENU 24 BIT 1 0 TEST i Confirm that PASS is appeared on the LCD display Table 8 17 I O Test Connection E5100A B Used Cable I O Test Board Connection Connection A20 Mother Board 40 pin Flat Cable J1 A20 I O Board inside 40 pin Flat Cable J1 A43 44 45 46 I O Board Agilent P N E5100 66543 D
55. Rewrite all correction constants into the flash memories For the detailed procedure See the Adjustments chapter in this manual If the rewriting is not successfully performed replace the flash memories and then rewrite the all correction constants into the new flash memories Status Annotation This indicates that the correction constants stored in the flash memories on the A1 CPU are invalid or the flash memories are faulty Check the Internal Tests The analyzer performs the power on selftest every time when the analyzer is turned on In the power on selftest internal diagnostic tests 13 through 23 26 27 30 through 83 85 through87 89 96 and 98 are executed sequentially The failed test indicates the most probable faulty assembly For more information about the internal tests see the Service Menu Keys chapter in this manual If the power on selftest fails and 330 Self test failed No xx message is displayed execute each single internal test in order of the test numbers to identify the failed test Then refer to the Table 8 4 for further troubleshooting information a Press Preset System MORE SERVICE MENU INTERNAL TESTS 13 x1 to access the internal test 13 A27 ID b Press EXECUTE TEST to execute the internal test 13 c Wait until the test result PASS or 330 Self test failed No 13 is displayed d If 330 Self test failed No xx is displayed note down the self test number Enter the n
56. VCO 100MHZ INTG of the A27 Synthesizer has some problem The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node VCO 100MHZ CNTL of the A27 Synthesizer has some problem The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Frequency test fails at the internal frequency bus node VCO 200MHZ of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node VCO 200MHZ INTG of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node VCO 200MHZ CNTL of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Frequency test fails at the internal frequency bus node VCO 300MHZ of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node VCO 300MHZ INTG of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Trou
57. dB dB dB dB dB With both Option 002 and Option 010 E5100A B Power Meter Test Result Source Power Reading b 16 dBm dBm b a5 ref 16 dB 10 dBm dBm b a4 ref 10 dB 10 dBm dBm b a2 ref 10 dB 20 dBm dBm b al ref 20 dB 30 dBm dBm b al ref 30 dB 40 dBm dBm b al ref 40 dB 50 dBm dBm b al ref 50 dB 54 dBm dBm b ref 54 dB With both Option 003 and Option 010 or with Option 600 E5100A B Power Meter Test Result Source Power Reading b 18 dBm dBm b a5 ref 18 dB 10 dBm dBm b a4 ref 10 dB 10 dBm dBm b a2 ref 10 dB 20 dBm dBm b al ref 20 dB 30 dBm dBm b al ref 30 dB 40 dBm dBm b al ref 40 dB 50 dBm dBm b al ref 50 dB 52 dBm dBm b ref 52 dB Calculation Sheet A 7 7 Receiver Noise Level Test E5100A At IF BW 100 Hz Frequency Input Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a 10 kHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 95 kHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 455 kHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 1 01 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 10 7 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 101 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm 110 MHz R Unit dBm A Unit dBm B Unit dBm C Unit dBm A8 Calculation Sheet Frequency Input Trace Mean Test Result
58. 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB C 16 Performance Test Record for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test A R Measurement Magnitude Ratio A Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 0 4dB 0 4 dB 5 dBm 0 09 dB 0 09 dB 25 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 35 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 45 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 55 dBm 0 06 dB 0 06 dB 65 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 75 dBm 0 3 dB 0 3 dB 85 dBm 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 95 dBm 3 dB 3 dB Phase A Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 3 3 5 dBm 0 6 0 6 25 dBm 0 3 0 3 35 dBm 0 3 0 3 45 dBm 0 3 0 3 55 dBm 0 3 0 3 65 dBm 0 6 0 6 75 dBm 1 8 1 8 85 dBm 6 6 95 dBm 18 18 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 17 B R Measurement Magnitude Ratio B Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 0 4 dB 0 4 dB 5 dBm 0 09 dB 0 09 dB 25 dBm
59. 100 2 kHz 199 8 kHz 4 0 dBm 200 2 kHz 300 MHz 201 5 dBm R A B A C A 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 10 Hz 15 0 dBm O0 dB 25 dB O0 dB 0 dB 100 2 kHz 199 8 kHz 4 0 dBm 200 2 kHz 300 MHz 201 5 dBm R B A B C B 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 10 Hz 15 O dBm 0 dB O dB 25 dB O dB 100 2 kHz 199 8 kHz 4 0dBm 200 2 kHz 300 MHz 201 5 dBm R C A C B C 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 10 Hz 15 0 dBm 0 dB 0 dB O dB 25 dB 100 2 kHz 199 8 kHz 4 0 dBm 200 2 kHz 300 MHz 201 5 dBm 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 10 E5100A EE EE D DD C 0000 D DD C 0000 D XL on Dloo CJ CJ 3 H Rs L 1 2 Roto C og C7S02008 LH 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Figure 2 10 R into A B C Input Crosstalk Test Setup 2 Set up IF BW of the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Preset IF BW 10 Hz Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 29 Key Strokes Preset Sweep IF BW 10 x 1 Input R Attenuator 25 dB Input A B C Attenuator O dB Number of Channel 3 if Opt 400 Multi Channel ON Channel 1 Setup Meas Config A R LOG MAG Statistics ON Channel 2 Setup if not Opt 200 Meas Config B R LOG MAG Statistics ON C
60. 13 57 13 58 13 59 13 60 13 61 13 62 13 63 13 64 13 65 13 66 13 67 13 68 13 69 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 4 15 5 15 6 15 7 15 8 16 1 D 1 D 2 REF OVEN Connector 4 444444 44 ee eo 13 58 EXT PROG RUN CONT Connector 4 4 2 4 a 13 59 Rear RF Cables 13 60 Fan Assembly 13 61 GPIB Printer Port and AC Inlet 0 13 62 Ac Inlet Assembly 2 2 2 2 2 2 2525 22 2 25252 2D5525 52 25 13 63 External Display KeyBoard L W 13 64 I O Blank Pamela 13 65 Digital YO Assembly 13 66 Rear Board Flat Cable 1 2 13 67 Rear Board Flat Cable 2 2 a 13 68 Rear Assembly 13 69 Front Frame Assembly 4 4 ll a 13 70 Chassis Parts 13 71 Front Screws 4 4 13 72 Front Trim aaa a 13 73 Shield Plate 13 74 Rear Fort 13 75 Strap Hades 13 76 Outer Cover Assembly 13 77 Fuse 20 44444444 ee ee ee 13 78 Miscellaneous Accessories ee ll ll a 13 78 Al Switch Settings 15 2 Al Flash Memory and Stored Data 15 3 A24 Jumper Settings 1 oaoa a a a a 15 5 A24 Jumper Settings 2 15 5 A24 Cable Connection 1 4 lel n 15 7 A24 Cable Connection 2 4 ll 4 4n 15 7 A25 Jumper and Switch Settings l l 15 8 A25 Cable Connection ll ll 4 4 15 9 Pos
61. 200 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 400 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 600 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 300 MHz 300 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 600 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 900 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 1 E5100A with Option 510 does not require the harmomics test at this frequency 5 Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results and transcribe the test results to the performance test record Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 5 3 Non Harmonic Spurious Test This test measures the E5100A B s signal source Non Harmonic Spurious signals which appear near the carrier frequency Specification Non Harmonic Spurious Opt 001 without Opt 010 45 dBc at 4 dBm Output Level lt 300 MHz Opt 002 without Opt 010 45 dBc at 10 dBm Output Level lt 300 MHz Opt 003 without Opt 010 45 dBc at 7 dBm Output Level lt 300 MHz Opt 001 with Opt 010 45 dBc at 6 dBm Output Level lt 300 MHz Opt 002 with Opt 010 45 dBc at 0 dBm Output Level lt 300 MHz Opt 003 with Opt 010 45 dBc at 3 dBm Output Level lt 300 MHz Opt 600 45 dBc at 0 dBm Output Level lt 300 MHz Test Equipment Spectrum Analyzer ssssssssssssss e e e 8566A 66B 68A 68B N m BNC f Adapter 0 0 e Agilent P N 1250 1476 B
62. 40 dBm 48 dBm B 8 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 5 dB 1 5 dB Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 5 dB 1 5 dB Option 002 with Option 010 E5100A B Minimum Test Result Maximum Power Setting Limit Limit 16 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 20 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 30 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 40 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 50 dBm 1 5 dB 1 5 dB 54 dBm 1 5 dB 1 5 dB Option 003 without Option 010 E5100A B Minimum Test Result Maximum Power Setting Limit Limit 7 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 5 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 5 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 13 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Option 003 with Option 010 Option 600 E5100A B Minimum Test Result Maximum Power Setting Limit Limit 18 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 10 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 20 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 30 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 40 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 50 dBm 1 5 dB 1 5 dB 52 dBm 1 5 dB 1 5 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 9 7 Receiver Noise Level Test E5100A At IF BW 100 Hz Frequency R A B 10 kHz 95 kHz 455 kHz 1 01 MHz 10 7 MHz 101 MHz 110 MHz 201 MHz 299 MHz A
63. ACTIVE MARKER 1 x k 2 100 x M RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH RANGE SEARCH RNG STORE 10 Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key strokes Compare the two values and record the larger one in the performance test record 2 66 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 11 12 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 AMODE MENU AMODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH MAX MIN Press Marker AMODE MENU AREF MKR AREF 1 Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 100 MHz to 300 MHz ACTIVE MARKER 1 x M 2 x M RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH RANGE SEARCH RNG STORE Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key strokes Compare the two values and record the larger one in the performance test record AMODE MENU AMODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX MIN Press Marker AMODE MENU AREF MKR AREF 1 Change the connection as shown in Figure 2 34 E5100A pl le 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm El Power some 20 dB L Attenuato x r No Connection if Opt 001 S N m BNC f Adapter C7502036 Figure 2 34 Phase Frequency Response Test Setup 2 Set the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset
64. Accuracy Test Setup E5100A Center Freq 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz Remove the power sensor from the power splitter and connect the digital multimeter to the power splitter as shown in Figure 3 12 Remove the BNC m BNC m cable from the Input R and connect it to the Input A Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input A Remove the power sensor from the power splitter and connect the digital multimeter to the power splitter as shown in Figure 3 12 Remove the BNC m BNC m cable from the Input A and connect it to the Input B Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input B 3 34 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test This test measures the E5100A s dynamic accuracy The dynamic accuracy is a measure of how well the receiver measure the magnitude and phase components of a signal as that signal varies in amplitude over the specified dynamic range Specification at 23 5 C 10 Hz IF BW 10 dBm reference input level relative to maximum input level 20 dBm test input level relative to maximum input level except for ramp frequency sweep Test Channel Input Dynamic Accuracy Level RF Attenuator Frequency 25 dB 0 dB Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz 5 to 5 dBm 20 to 30 dBm 0 4 dB b5 to 15 dBm 30 to 40 dBm 0 09 dB 15 to 45 dBm 40 to 70 dBm 0 05 dB 45 to 55 dBm 70 to 80 dBm 0 06 dB 55 to
65. COVER METAL 28480 E5100 60002 2 5041 8801 8 4 FOOTFL 28480 5041 8801 3 1460 1345 5 2 WIREFORM 28480 1460 1345 4 0363 0125 0 1 SHIELD GASKET 28480 0363 0125 Theory of Operation 13 77 Other Parts Other Parts Table 13 68 Fuse Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number AIFI 2110 0935 7 1 Fuse 5 A 75915 R251005T1 A2F1 2110 0935 7 1 Fuse 5 A 75915 R251005T1 A3F1 2110 0935 7 1 Fuse 5 A 75915 R251005T1 Line 2110 0030 0 1 Fuse5 A 250V VF Fuse 2110 1134 1 Fuse Drawer Table 13 69 Miscellaneous Accessories Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number SERVICE TOOLS E5100 65001 I O Port Test Kit 28480 E5100 65001 5959 8096 Plastic Cover 28480 5959 8096 DOCUMENTATION E5100 90015 E5100A B IBASIC Manual 28480 E5100 90015 Supplement E5100 90040 E5100A B Function Reference 28480 E5100 90040 E5100 90031 E5100A B User s Guide 28480 E5100 90031 E5100 90067 E5100A B Programming Manual 28480 E5100 90067 E5100 90110 E5100A B Service Manual 28480 E5100 90110 13 78 Theory of Operation 14 Replacement Procedures Introduction This chapter contains the procedures and lists the tools required to remove the major assemblies from the E5100A B To install an assembly after you complete the adjustments or make repairs reverse the order of steps you perfor
66. Cable 61 Cm nananana anana annere ees Agilent P N 8120 1839 Procedure 1 Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power Sensor 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 6 2 14 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 E5100A B Bslesss 3 POWER METER 0000 0000 oo Do oo o000 EE 2 Roto C qro UU TIO ri 50 ohm Termination N m BNC f Adapter a BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Power Sensor Step Attenuator No Connection if Opt 001 C7502004 Figure 2 6 Source Power Linearity Test 3 Set the step attenuator to 30 dB 4 Set up the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Number of Points 201 NUMBER of POINTS x 1 Center Frequency 50 MHz Center 50 x M Span Frequency 0 Hz x Source Power 0 dBm POWER 9 x 1 Set up the power meter as follows Calibration Factor 100 Resolution 0 001 dB Range AUTO Display LOG Display Mode Relative Mode Record the power meter s reading value into calculation sheet 7 Set the source power and step attenuator according to the following table and record the power meter s reading value into the calculation sheet Performance Tests for E5100A B Opti
67. Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 61605 3 1 RF CABLE 1 28480 E5100 61605 Opt 002 without 010 2 E5100 61606 4 1 RF CABLE 2 28480 E5100 61606 Opt 002 without 010 3 E5100 61610 0 1 RFCABLE 1 28480 E5100 61610 Opt 001 without 010 E5100 61618 8 1 RF CABLE S 28480 E5100 61618 Opt 003 without 010 E5100 61621 3 1 RF CABLES 28480 E5100 61621 Opt 010 or 600 1 A24J1 1 to RF OUT 1 front assembly See Table 13 17 2 A24J15 2 to RF OUT 2 front assembly See Table 13 18 3 A24J3 S to RF OUT 1 front assembly See Table 13 17 4 A24J3 S to A28J1 See Figure 13 38 5 A24J3 S to A25J1 P See Figure 13 14 Theory of Operation 13 23 Board Slots in ies in Mai Assembl do a ei A uo a DESI Lo lo o SE e gt gt 07513047 Figure 13 13 RF Cables A27 to A24 10 RF Cables A27 to A24 Table 13 C Qt D 5 6 7 Mfr Part Number fr Code 28480 E5100 28480 E5100 M ion ipt y Descr Agilent Part Ref Desig Number E5100 61615 61615 61616 61617 RF CBL ASSY D RF CBL ASSY E RF CBL ASSY F 1 1 1 1 2 3 E5100 61616 28480 E5100 E5100 61617 1 A27J3 D to A24J16 D 2 A2TJA E to A24J7 E 3 A27J5 F to A24J8 F 13 24 Theory of Operation Assemblies in Main Board Slots A25 RF AMPLIFIER 5 FEN Tq 3 43
68. E a 50 ohm Termination N m BNC f Hu Adapter No Connection if Opt 001 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm C7S02002 Figure 3 2 Harmonics Test Setup Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 3 Note i same test setup Y Harmonics Test Non Harmonic Spurious Test and Phase Noise Test use the 2 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Preset Source Power 4 dBm Opt 001 without Opt 010 10 dBm Opt 002 without Opt 010 7 dBm Opt 003 without Opt 010 21 dBm Opt 001 with Opt 010 15 dBm Opt 002 with Opt 010 18 dBm Opt 003 with Opt 010 15 dBm Opt 618 Span Frequency 0 Hz Set the spectrum analyzer as follows Video Bandwidth Without Opt 010 Reference Level With Opt 010 Reference Level Key Strokes Sweep POWER 59 x 1 Sweep POWER 10 x 1 Sweep POWER 7 x 1 Sweep POWER 21 x Sweep POWER 15 x Sweep POWER 18 x Sweep POWER 15 x Span 0 x 1 1 1 1 1 30 Hz 20 dB 30 dB Set the E5100A s center frequency and the spectrum analyzer s center frequency span frequency and resolution bandwidth according to the table below Then record the spectrum analyzer readings peak value in the c
69. E5100A B Adjustment Program Contact to Agilent Technologies Kobe Instrument Division to obtain the latest adjustment program 4 2 Adjustments Required Test Equipment Required equipment for performing the adjustments is listed in Table 4 1 Use only calibrated test equipment when adjusting the E5100A B Table 4 1 Required Test Equipment for Adjustment Equipment Model Qty Multimeter 3458A 1 Frequency Counter 5334B Opt 010 030 or 5386A 1 53181A Opt 010 or 012 1 Power Meter 437B or 438A or E4418A 1 Power Sensor 8482A 1 80 dB Step Attenuator 8496G with Opt 001 and H60 1 Attenuator Switch Driver 11713A 1 500 Termination BNC Type 11593A 4 Attenuator Pad 10 dB 8491A Opt 010 1 Attenuator Pad 30 dB 8491A Opt 030 1 Power Splitter 11667A 1 N m BNC f Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1476 4 N f BNC m Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1477 1 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Agilent P N 8120 1839 4 GPIB Cable 10833A B C 3 1 An 8496G step attenuator with required low VSWR 1 02 can be purchased by specifying option H60 then contact your nearest Agilent Technologies service center for the required calibratin frequency and calibration uncertainty Order of Adjustments When performing more than one adjustment perform the operations in order of the page numbers Note i Y To perform any adjustment it is not necessary to remove the outer cover Adjustments 4 3 Performing Adjustments The adjustments are
70. F l 24 Bit I O 87510A Compatible j DSP SRAM Analog BUS MEME Dual Port Memory FBUS Counter LAN PCMCIA Digital BUS 07509004 Figure 13 3 Digital Section Block Diagram Theory of Operation 13 7 A1 CPU The Al CPU consists of the CPU central processing unit core memory storages and I O control The CPU core is the master controller for the analyzer including the other dedicated microprocessors The memory includes boot ROMs instruction flash memories DRAMs strage flash memories SRAMs and SIMM single inline memory module I O control includes the functions of GPIB real time clock keybord interface FDD interface and printer interface The A1 CPU has a backup memory RAM with a large capacitor A2 Peripheral The A2 Peripheral assembly consists of the peripheral I O controls front panel interface audio interface 24 bit I O and the GSP graphics system processor which provides an interface between the A1 CPU and the LCD Display A40 Front Keyboard The A40 Front Keyboard assembly detects and decodes user inputs from the front panel and the RPG and transmits them to the A2 Peripheral I O control Assembly LCD Display There are two types of LCD display for the E5100A B a monochrome LCD and a color LCD TFT FDD The E5100A B has a built in FDD Flexible Disk Drive on the front panel It has a 3 1 2 inch slot and uses a 2 high density 3 1 2 inch flexible disk FDD stores retrieves a data to fro
71. Frequency Response Test Setup 2 17 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Power 4 dBm Sweep POWER ED x 1 Input R Attenuator O dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB A O dB 18 Repeat the steps 3 through 14 19 Change the E5100A control settings for B R Phase Control Settings Key Strokes 3 60 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 Active Channel CH2 Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 Measurement BAR MEAS B R Format PHASE FORMAT MORE PHASE Trigger Mode Continuous Trigger CONTINUOUS 20 Repeat steps 3 through 18 21 Change the E5100A control settings for A B Phase Control Settings Key Strokes Active Channel CH2 Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 Measurement A B MEAS A B Format PHASE FORMAT MORE PHASE Trigger Mode Continuous Trigger CONTINUOUS 22 Repeat steps 3 through 18 23 Repeat steps 1 through 22 for BA Opt 318 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 61 Adjustments Introduction This section describes the adjustments required for the E5100A B Network Analyzer to operate within its specifications These adjustments should be performed along with periodic maintenance to keep the E5100A B in optimum operating condition The recommended calibration period is 12 months If proper performance cannot be achieved after the adjustments see the Troubleshooting chapter Note m Adju
72. Input Crosstalk Test E5100A 20 R input Attenuator OdB s lll lll n R input Attenuator 25 dB e A input Attenuator 0 dB a a A input Attenuator 25 dB 0 B input Attenuator 0 dB B input Attenuator 25 dB a C input Attenuator 0 dB a C input Attenuator 25 dB a 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test Contents 8 Step Attenuator Calibration Value at 50 MHz A R Measurement a a e Magnitude Ratio a a a a a Phase a a ee ee ee s BR Measurement A Magnitude Ratio a a a a a Phase a a ee ee ee s C R Measurement a Magnitude Ratio a 0 Phase 4 2 4 4444 ee ee ee s C B Measurement Magnitude Ratio A 25 Phase 0 A 25 B Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 1 Frequency Range and Accuracy Test 2 2 2 2 2 2 B 1 Without Option 1D5 A B 1 With Option lD 0 B 1 2 Harmonics Test B 2 Option 001 002 003 without Option 010 B 2 Option 010 or Option 600 ss B 3 3 Non Harmonic Spurious Test B 4 4 Phase Noise Test B 5 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test a B 6 Level Accuracy at 50 MHz 0dBm 2 2 0 84 B 6 Level Flatness relative to O
73. Instruction Flash Memory Test Status Al LED DS2 Al LED DS3 Test Status 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Testing 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Pass 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Illegal Device 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Erase Fail 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 R W Fail 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 10 OFF 1 ON When the test completes LED s marked 1 flash at intervals of about 1 second f Restore the AISWI to the original settings g If this test fails replace the A1 CPU Al Peripheral IC 1 Test The A1 Peripheral IC 1 Test performs 9914 test 87312 test and RTC test Perform the following procedure to verify the A1 Peripheral IC 1 using the A1 On Board Test Mode a Turn the analyzer power off b Remove the outer cover of the analyzer c Set the Al switch AISW1 as shown in Table 8 9 Table 8 9 A1 Peripheral IC 1 Test Switch Settings From Upper Left A1 Switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A1SW1 OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF d Turn the analyzer power on e Check the Al LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8 10 Table 8 10 Al Peripheral IC 1 Test Status A1 LED DS2 Al LED DS3 Test Status 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Testing 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 Pass 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 9914 Fail 1 0 1 1 0 0 87312 Fail 1 0 1 1 0 0 RTC Fail 1 0 1 1 0 0 10 OFF 1 ON Indeterminate When the test completes LED s marked 1 flash at intervals of about 1 second f Res
74. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Agilent Technologies shall not be liable for any infringement of any patent trademark copyright or other proprietary rights by the SAMPLE PROGRAMS or their use Agilent Technologies does not warrant that the SAMPLE PROGRAMS are free from infringements of such rights of third parties However Agilent Technologies will not knowingly infringe or deliver software that infringes the patent trademark copyright or other proprietary right of a third party MS DOS is a U S registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Copyright 1996 1998 1999 2000 2002 Agilent Technologies Japan Ltd Manual Printing History The manual printing date and part number indicate its current edition The printing date changes when a new edition is printed Minor corrections and updates that are incorporated at reprint do not cause the date to change The manual part number changes when extensive technical changes are incorporated October 1996 ee Preliminary July 1998 000 e e e ees First Edition March 1999 Second Edition part number E5100 90120 June 2000 0 00 cr Third Edition part number E5100 90120 October 2002 ccc cee ences Fourth Edition part number E5100 90130 Typeface Conventions Bold Boldface type is used when a term is defined For example icons are symbols Italics Italic type is used for emphasis and for t
75. Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE C Repeat step 3 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 27 10 Input Crosstalk Test The signal leakage interference between the E5100A B s two inputs when one input is driven and the other is terminated is measured by this test Note An E5100A B with Option 100 does not require this test v Specification Input Crosstalk E5100A lll 110 dB 10 kHz lt freq lt 100 kHz 120 dB 100 kHz lt freq 300 MHz E5100B lll lt 85 dB 10 kHz lt freq lt 100 kHz 105 dB 100 kHz lt freq lt 250 MHz lt 95 dB 250 MHz lt freq lt 300 MHz Test Equipment BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em 0 0 0 ccc cnet nes Agilent P N 8120 1839 50 Q Termination BNC type 0 11593A 4 ea max 50 Q Termination N type 909C Opt 012 if with Opt 102 302 2 ea max N m BNC f Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1476 if with Opt 102 302 Procedure E5100A Table 2 11 is the summary of the E5100A s test setup 2 28 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Table 2 11 E5100A Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary Measurement Frequency IF BW NOP Output Input Attenuator Configuration Start Stop 1 Power R A B C A R B R C R 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 10 Hz 15 0 dBm 25 dB 0 dB OdB O dB
76. N f BNC m Adapter POWER METER No Connection if Opt 001 C7S02003 Figure 3 4 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test Record the Power Meter reading on the performance test record and transcribe it into Calculation Sheet Set the E5100A center frequency as follows and record the power meter reading into calculation sheet E5100A Center Frequency 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 150 MHz 180 MHz Disconnect the power sensor and connect the Digital Voltmeter INPUT to E5100A RF OUT 1 as shown in Figure 3 4 Use a 50 Q Feedthrough on the Digital Voltmeter input Set the Digital Voltmeter as follows Measurement Function AC Volts mode Display Reading Value dBm reading value Measurement Method Synchronous Sampling Conversion Set the E5100A center frequency as follows and record the power meter reading in the caleulation sheet for each setting Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 9 E5100A Center Frequency 10 kHz 50 kHz 100 kHz 9 Use the equation given on the Calculation sheet to calculate the test results flatness and transcribe the test results to the FLATNESS column in the performance test record 3 10 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 6 Source Power Linearity Test This test measures the E5100A signal source power level at several points to verify linearity Specification Power Lineality at 2345 C relative t
77. Opt 001 amp H60 Attenuator Switch Driver 11713A Power Splitter 11667A 50 Q Feedthrough 11048C BNC f Dual Banana Plug Agilent P N 1251 2277 N m BNC f Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1476 5 or 6 ea N f BNC f Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1474 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em Agilent P N 8120 1839 4 ea Procedure 1 Run the Adjustments Program 2 Choose the Receiver Calibration 3 Following the Adjustments Program instructions connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 7 Figure 4 8 and Figure 4 9 The setup will depend on the E5100A B s options Adjustments 4 11 Dual Banana to MULTIMETER BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter Feedthrough If Opt 102 50 ohm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Power Splitter BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm NDA N m BNC f Adapter No Connection if Opt 001 C7S03021 Figure 4 7 Receiver Calibration Setup 1 Note The two BNC m BNC m cables from the power splitter to the E5100A B i Input A and the multimeter must have the same length Y 4 12 Adjustments E51004 B Baes Sssess POWER METER on 0000 0000 DO J1 2 RgAgB c DE UC N m BNC f Adap
78. Opt 002 with Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 003 with Opt 010 or Opt 600 Trace Noise Test Set E5100A Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary E5100B Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup Harmonics Test Seta Phase Noise Test Setup len Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 001 without Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 002 without Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 003 without Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 001 with Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 002 with Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 003 with Opt 010 or Opt 618 Trace Noise Test Set E5100A Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup Required Test Equipment for Adjustment Device Name and GPIB Address Example Recommended Adjustments 2 2 2 2 Functional Group t
79. Power Perform the following procedure to verify the front panel probe power connector 1 Turn the analyzer power off 2 Remove the power cable of the accessory from the probe power connector 9 Turn the analyzer power on 4 Measure the power voltages 15 V and 12 6 V at the probe power connector using a voltmeter with a small probe See Figure 11 1 for the voltages and pins on the probe power connector m If the voltages are within the limits the analyzer s probe power is verified Suspect a faulty accessory Verify the accessory used in the measurement problem in accordance with its manual m If the voltages are out of the limits see the Power Supply Troubleshooting chapter in this manual to troubleshoot the power lines 15 V AUX and 12 6 V of the probe power 0 V Chassis Ground 15 V 414 25 V to 415 75 V 12 6 V 11 34 V to 13 86 V E5100A B aesa m er A 07510011 Figure 11 1 Probe Power Connector Voltages Accessories Troubleshooting 11 3 12 Service Key Menus Introduction The service key menus are used to test verify and troubleshoot the analyzer They are also used to install and update the firmware in the analyzer The service key menus consist of several m
80. Press 75 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 75 A26C DCBUS 5V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26C Press 76 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 76 A26C DCBUS 12VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26C Press 77 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 77 A26C DCBUS 12VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26C Press 78 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 78 A26C DCBUS ADC REF VOLT If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26C Receiver Group Troubleshooting 10 5 11 Accessories Troubleshooting Introduction Use these procedures only if you have followed the troubleshooting procedures and believe the problem is one of the accessories Reconfigure the system as it is normally used and reconfirm the measurement problem The measurement problem must be caused by a failure outside of the analyzer that is by one of the accessories Suspect the following typical problems m Operation Errors for example improper calibration techniques m Faulty Accessories for example damaged adapters and RF cables a faulty power splitter or T R test set This chapter consists of the following procedures Perform these procedures sequentially Verify Operations Inspect Connec
81. Procedure 2 2 ll 4 4 4 4 4 4 ee ee ee ee A1 A2 A3 Board Removal Cl Tools Required 4 4 s ee Procedure 1 a a a a ee ee ee ee A24 A25 A26 R through C A27 Board Removal Tools Required ll e e s ee Procedure 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 ee ee ee ee Front Panel Removal Tools Required e e 44 ee ee ee Procedure 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 ee ee ee ee A40 Keyboard Removal Ce Tools Required 4 4 s ee Procedure aa a a ee ee ee ee LCD Display Assembly Removal 2 2 2 25 2 2 2 52 52 5 Tools Required A Procedure 2 2 ll 4 A Flexible Disk Drive Assembly Removal 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Tools Required e e 44 ee ee ee Procedure 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 ee ee ee ee Rear Panel Assembly Removal 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 25 252 5 5 2 Tools Required e e 44 ee ee ee Procedure 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 ee ee ee ee Board Configuration Introduction 4 ll 4444444444 ee ee ee ons Al Board Configuration 4 4 4 4 s Bit Switch Settings Flash Memories and SIMM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 A24 Board Configuration clic Jumper Setting 4 4 Cable Connection e A25 Board Configuration 0pt 010 600 lll llle Jumper Settings 4 4 4 4 44e s Cable Connection 4 4 PS 130W P
82. RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 7 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 8 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 18 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 43 E5100A B 0000 0000 0000 D D D C gt 2 B 1 LJ N m BNC m Adapter Ro Power Splitter o y 50 ohm Termination for Opt 003 600 10 dB ATT H N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 No Attenuator 3 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02027 9 10 11 12 15 14 15 Figure 3 18 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 001 Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 618 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB Perform the following key strokes for a single sw
83. Rear Assemblies e ES C7S13016 Figure 13 45 EXT PROG RUN CONT Connector Table 13 49 EXT PROG RUN CONT Connector Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 1250 0083 1 1 Connector RF BNC 28480 1250 0083 2 0360 1190 5 1 TERM SOLDER LUG 28480 0360 1190 2190 0016 3 1 WSHR LK INTL T 28480 2190 0016 2950 0001 8 1 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 28480 2950 0001 Theory of Operation 13 59 Rear Assemblies 1 INT REF T OUTPUT EXT PROG om KR REL RUN CONT E FT REF OVEN 3 La C7S13017 Figure 13 46 Rear RF Cables Table 13 50 Rear RF Cables Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 61608 6 1 RF CABLE O 28480 E5100 61608 2 E5100 61607 5 1 RFCBL ASSY I 28480 E5100 61607 3 E5100 61609 7 1 RF CBL ASSY V 28480 E5100 61609 4 E5100 61637 1 1 WIRE ASSY R C 28480 E5100 61637 1 INT REF OUTPUT to A27J1 0 See Figure 13 11 2 EXT REF INPUT to A27J2 I See Figure 13 11 3 REF OVEN to A50J1 V See Figure 13 40 4 EXT PROG RUN CONT to A20J27 13 60 Theory of Operation Rear Assemblies C7S13018 Figure 13 47 Fan Assembly Table 13 51 Fan Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 04396 61001 O 1 FAN ASSY 28480 04
84. SUB 15 pin Cable J3 A43 Agilent P N E5100 66544 D SUB 15 pin Cable J4 A44 Agilent P N E5100 66545 36 pin Cable J5 A46 Agilent P N E5100 66546 D SUB 15 pin Cable J6 A46 j If the test fails replace the A43 44 45 46 Board Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 21 Source Group Troubleshooting Introduction Use these procedures only if you have read the Jsolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting chapter and you believe the problem is in the source group This procedure is designed to let you identify the bad assembly within the source group in the shortest possible time Whenever an assembly is replaced in this procedure refer to Post Repair Procedures in the Post Repair Procedures chapter The source group consists of the following assemblies m A27 Synthesizer m A24 Source m A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 600 m A28 Source Switch Opt 003 m A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 Note Make sure all of the assemblies listed above are firmly seated before performing i the procedures in this chapter Y Y Allow the analyzer to warm up for at least 30 minutes before you perform any procedure in this chapter Source Group Troubleshooting 9 1 Source Group Troubleshooting Summary This overview summarizes the sequence of checks included in this chapter Experienced technicians may save time by following this summary instead of reading the entire procedure Headings in this summary match the headings in the procedure Star
85. W 2CL Rev 2 xx 3 XX any any Color E5100 185xxl F W Rev 3 xx 1 xx should be the latest number to obtain the latest firmware Use the following procedures to make sure each hardware configuration Checking if Option 509 is installed m Turn the analyzer power on If there is no information on the LCD display except for kkkK Welcome k message it must have Option 509 m Check the front and rear panel If the analyzer has OPTION 509 label it must have Option 509 Checking the Currently Installed Firmware Revision m Diplay the firmware information as follows O Press System MORE SERVICE MENU FIRMWARE REVISION The revision number of currently installed firmware of the analyzer appears on the display a Or turn the analyzer power off and on Display message at the end of power on sequence includes the firmware revision information Those are the most credible ways to know the firmware revision of the analyzer m The firmware revision can also be checked on the revision label attached on the rear panel as shown in Figure 8 1 8 2 Digital Control Trouhleshooting Firmware Rev 01 00 Figure 8 1 Firmware Revision Label Checking Maximum Number of Sweep Points 1 Turn the E5100A B ON 2 Press Sweep Number of POINTS x1 m If the number of points is set to 1601 the maximum number of points of the E5100A B is 1601 m If the number of points is set to 801 the maximum number of p
86. and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB 3 42 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 High Level Test 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 17 E5100A B Es D D D C SO 0000 0000 J So 2 R LJ N m BNC m Adapter B Power Splitter o y 50 ohm Termination for Opt 003 600 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm L N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter No Attenuator No Attenuator dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02026 Figure 3 17 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 001 Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 618 2 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 3 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration Cal ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH setto CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE 4 Set the step attenuator to 20 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 6 Rotate
87. dB 2 dB 150 MHz 4 dB 2 dB 200 MHz 4 dB 2 dB 250 MHz 4 dB 2 dB 300 MHz 4 dB 2 dB Option 003 without Option 010 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 50 kHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 100kHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 1 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 10 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 100 MHz 4 5dB 2 5 dB 150 MHz 4 5dB 2 5 dB 200 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 250 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 300 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB B 6 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Option 010 or Option 600 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 50 kHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 100kHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 1 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 10 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 100 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 150 MHz 5 dB 3 dB 200 MHz 5 dB 3 dB 250 MHz 5 dB 3 dB 300 MHz 5 dB 3 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 7 6 Source Power Linearity Test Option 001 without Option 010 E5100A B Minimum Test Result Maximum Power Setting Limit 11 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm 9 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Option 002 without Option 010 E5100A B Minimum Test Result Maximum Power Setting Limit 5 dBm 5 dBm 10 dBm 15 dBm Option 001 with Option 010 E5100A B Minimum Test Result Maximum 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Power Setting Limit 22 dBm 10 dBm 10 dBm 20 dBm 30 dBm
88. dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 11 Absolute Amplitude Input R Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz Input R Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz Input A Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz Accuracy Test Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 15 Input A Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz Input B Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz Input B Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1
89. dB at 50 kHz lt freq lt 100 MHz 3 dB 5 dB at 100 MHz lt freq lt 180 MHz Test Equipment Power Meter 436A Opt 022 487B 438A Power Sensor 0 0 unaua eeoa EEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE 8482A Multimeter 0 0 0 0 e 3458 A BNC m BNC m Cable 122 em 20 Agilent P N 8120 1840 N f BNC m Adapter sera Agilent P N 1250 1477 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 50 Q Feedthrough 0 00 0 b tent rarer earen 11048C BNC f Dual Banana Plug 2 Agilent P N 1251 2277 Procedure 1 Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power Sensor 2 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Center Frequency 50 MHz Center 50 x M Span Frequency 0 Hz Span 0 x 1 Source Power 0 dBm Sweep POWER 0 x 1 3 Connect the Power Sensor to the E5100A RF OUT 1 as shown in Figure 3 4 3 8 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 E5100A B Dual Banana to MULTIMETER BNC f Adapter E o200000 UH GD G G G Feedthrough BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm Power Sensor 4
90. dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe 3 Non Harmonic Spurious Test E5100A B Spectrum Analyzer Spectrum Analyzer Test Result Center Frequency Frequency Reading b a 239 95 MHz fi a dBm f 10 417 kHz b dBm dBe f 10 417 kHz b dBm dBe f 100 kHz b dBm dBe 4 Phase Noise Test E5100A B Spectrum Analyzer Spectrum Analyzer Test Result Center Frequency Frequency Reading b a 455 kHz 455 kHz a dBm 445 kHz b dBm dBe 465 kHz b dBm dBe 150 MHz 150 MHz a dBm 149 99 MHz b dBm dBe 150 01 MHz b dBm dBe 180 MHz 180 MHz a dBm 179 99 MHz b dBm dBe 180 01 MHz b dBm dBe 300 MHz 300 MHz a dBm 299 99 MHz b dBm dBe 300 01 MHz b dBm dBe Calculation Sheet A3 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test A4 Calculation Sheet Frequency Power Meter Reading 50 MHz 1 isthe power meter reading of the ref source level accuracy test dBm Frequency Power Meter Reading Test Result 10 kHz 50 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 150 MHz 180 MHz 200 MHz 250 MHz 300 MHz a dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm a ref dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB 1 If an Opt 010 or 600 is installed test at this frequency is not required 6 Source Power Linearity Test Step Attenuator Calibration Value at 50 MHz Attenuation Calibration Value 10 dB al dB 20 dB a2 dB 30 dB a dB 40 dB a4 dB 50 dB a5 dB 60 dB a6 dB
91. documented in a manual changes supplement that will accompany the manual shipped with that instrument If your instrument s serial number is not listed on the title page of this manual or in Table D 1 it may be documented in a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement In additions to change information the supplement may contain information for correcting errors Errata in the manual To keep this manual as current and accurate as possible Agilent Technologies recommends that you periodically request the latest MANUAL CHANGES supplement For information concerning serial number prefixes not listed on the title page or in the MANUAL CHANGE supplement contact the nearest Agilent Technologies office Turn on the line switch or execute the IDN command by GPIB to confirm the firmware version See the GPIB Command Reference manual for information on the IDN command Table D 1 Manual Changes by Serial Number Serial Prefix or Number Make Manual Changes JPIKC Table D 2 Manual Changes by Firmware Version Version Make Manual Changes Manual Changes D 1 Serial Number Agilent Technologies uses a two part nine character serial number that is stamped on the serial number plate see Figure D 1 attached to the rear panel The first four digits and the letter are the serial prefix and the last five digits are the suffix Agilent Technologies Japan Ltd SERNO JP1KG12345 AK MADE IN JAPAN 33
92. f Adapter C7S03020 Figure 4 9 Receiver Calibration Setup 3 4 14 Adjustments Troubleshooting Introduction This chapter describes overall troubleshooting summary and provides the procedure to determine whether the analyzer is faulty or not The procedure is performed first in the troubleshooting of this manual Troubleshooting Summary The troubleshooting strategy of this manual is based on a verification rather than symptomatic approach This chapter s first step is to verify the operation of the analyzer alone independent of accessories or system peripherals Accessories are devices like test sets power probes power splitters cables and calibration kits Peripherals are devices like computers printers and keyboards for instance and which typically use an GPIB connection and a line connection This chapter also suggests remedies for system problems external to the analyzer This chapter identifies one or some faulty groups in the analyzer s five functional groups Then refers the technician to the appropriate chapter The five functional groups are power supply digital control source receiver and accessories Descriptions of these groups are provided in the Theory of Operation chapter solate Faulty Group Troubleshooting the next chapter assumes that the fault is within one of two functional groups source receiver Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting identifies the faulty group and refers the technicia
93. flash memories on the replacement Al See the Board Configuration chapter In the flash memories the correction constants data is stored after performing the adjustment procedures described in the chapter 3 The data may be valid for the new Al CPU Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 1 Firmware Installation No firmware is installed in new Al CPU assembly When you replace a faulty Al CPU with a new one install a new firmware into the A1 CPU Before you start replacing a faulty A1 CPU with a new one you must know the E5100A B s hardware configuration because required firmware depends on it Note You must choose a correct firmware disk for the E5100A B To install an i incorrect firmware may cause a serious damage to the instrument Y 1 Choosing and Ordering a Required Firmware Disk Table 8 1 is a summary of the E5100A B s hardware configuration and required firmware disk Table 8 1 E5100A B Hardware Configuration and Required Firmware Disk Hardware Configuration Required Firmware Disk Currently Installed Opt 509 Max Number of LCD Display Agilent Part Description Firmware Revision Installed Sweep Points Type Number lt 2 xx Yes any Monochrome E5100 180xxl F W 509 Rev 2 xx lt 2 XX No 801 or 401 Monochrome E5100 181xxl F W 1BW Rev 2 xx lt 2 XX No 401 Color E5100 182xxl F W 1CL Rev 2 xx lt 2 XX No 1601 Monochrome E5100 183xxl F W 2BW Rev 2 xx lt 2 XX No 1601 Color E5100 184xxl F
94. is installed in the unit CTS12008 Figure 15 5 A25 Jumper and Switch Locations and Settings Table 15 7 A25 Jumper and Switch Settings Jumper Switch E5100A B J9 J5 SW1 No 1 SW1 No 2 Opt 001 Left Left 0 1 with Opt 010 Opt 002 Right Left 0 0 with Opt 010 Opt 003 Left Left 0 1 with Opt 010 Opt 600 Right Right 1 1 15 8 Board Configuration Cable Connection The cable connection to the A25 board depends on the option which is installed in the unit C7S12004 Figure 15 6 A25 Cable Connection Table 15 8 A25 Cable Connection A25 Connector E5100A B J2 J3 J6 J8 J7 J1 Opt 001 To Not used Not used Not used Not used To with Opt 010 RF OUT 1 A24 Opt 002 Not used To To Not used Not used To with Opt 010 RF OUT 1 RF OUT 21 A24 Opt 003 To Not used Not used Not used Not used To with Opt 010 A26 A22 Opt 600 Not used Not used Not used To To To RF OUT I RF OUT2 A24 1 On front assembly 2 With cable S Board Configuration PS 130W Power Supply Make sure the shunt connector is removed from the CN2 terminal on the PS 130W when you install the PS 130W into the E5100A B C7S13024 Figure 15 7 Shunt Connector of Power Supply PS 130W Note The shunt connector is removed from the CN2 ternimal when the PS 130W i Power Supply is shipped from the factory
95. not i require this test Y Specification at 23 5 C 30 dBm input level for RF attenuator 0 dB or 5 dBm input level for RF attenuator 25 dB the same RF attenuator setting for both inputs 50 Q input m E5100A 10 kHz lt freq lt 100kKHZ cnn E59 100 kHz lt freq lt 100 MHZ 2 5 100 MHZ lt freq lt 300 MHZ 5 Test Equipment Power Splitter 444448 e ec ase eee n 11667A 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A if without Opt 001 Fixed Attenuator 20 dB 8491A Opt 020 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em Agilent P N 8120 1839 3ea N m BNC f Adapter ccc cence nnn een eed Agilent P N 1250 0780 3ea Procedure 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 88 E5100A 0000 0000 0000 0000 MEET li A B 96096 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E Power Splitter No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7S02035 Figure 2 83 Phase Frequency Response Test Setup 1 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 65 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Pres
96. s 3 25 E5100A 2 3 25 11 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test e 3 30 Specification a a a eee ee 3 30 Test Equipment 1 a a a 0 3 30 Procedure 2 E 4 ee s 3 30 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test 3 35 Specification 0 3 35 Test Equipment 44 4 3 36 Procedure a o E 3 36 For Option 218 318 with Option 002 2 2 048 3 36 Low Level Test 3 36 High Level Test 3 39 For Opt 218 318 with Opt 001 Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 618 a 3 41 Low Level Test 4 2 4 oss 9 41 High Level Test 3 43 For Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 3 45 Low Level Test 4 2 4 oss 3 45 High Level Test 3 47 For Option 118 a 3 49 Low Level Test 4 2 4 oss 3 49 High Level Test 3 51 13 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test 3 53 Specification 44444444 ee 3 53 Test Equipment 444440 3 53 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 3 53 Input Impedance 500 a a a a a 3 53 Input Impedance 1MQ Opt 101 301 a 3 56 14 Phase Frequency Response Test a a a a a a 3 58 Specification 44444444 ee 3 58 Test Equipment 444440 3 58 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 3 58 Contents 3 4 Adjus
97. same test setup Y 2 Set up the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Source Power 4 dBm Opt 001 without Opt 010 Sweep POWER 4 x 10 dBm Opt 002 without Opt 010 Sweep POWER 10 x 1 7 dBm Opt 003 without Opt 010 Sweep POWER En x 1 21 dBm Opt 001 with Opt 010 Sweep POWER 21 x 1 15 dBm Opt 002 with Opt 010 Sweep POWER 15 x 1 18 dBm Opt 003 with Opt 010 Sweep POWER 18 x 1 15 dBm Opt 600 Sweep POWER 15 x 1 Span Frequency 0 Hz Span 0 x 1 9 Set the spectrum analyzer as follows Video Bandwidth 30 Hz Without Opt 010 Reference Level 20 dB With Opt 010 Reference Level 30 dB 4 Set the E5100A s center frequency and the spectrum analyzer s center frequency span frequency and resolution bandwidth according to the table below Then record the spectrum analyzer readings peak value in the calculation sheet 2 4 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Table 2 1 Harmonics Test Setup E5100A Spectrum Analyzer Center Frequency Center Span RBW 10 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 20 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 30 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 100 kHz 100 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 200 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 300 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 2 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 3 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 20 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 30 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 100 MHz 100 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 200 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 300 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 200 MHz
98. should be displayed If one of the error message or a status annotation listed below appears on the LCD continue with the Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter m Self test failed m Status annotation These error messages indicate that one of power on self tests fails If an other error message appears refer to the Error Messages in Messages If the response of front panel GPIB commands or built in FDD is unexpected continue with the Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter 5 4 Troubleshooting Inspect the Performance Test Result When you want to test the individual analyzer specifications perform the performance test in accordance with the Performance Test If one or some of the performance tests fail continue with the Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting chapter Inspect the Rear Panel Feature If the analyzer is operating unexpectedly after these checks are verified continue with Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter Check the GPIB Interface If the unexpected operations appear when controlling the analyzer with an external controller perform the following checks to verify the problem is not with the controller m Compatibility must be HP 9000 series 200 300 see the manuals of the controller and the BASIC system m GPIB interface hardware must be installed in the controller see the manuals of the controller and the BASIC system I O and GPIB binaries loaded see the manuals of the BASIC system S
99. spectrum analyzer reading at the 10 kHz frequency points of the center frequency into calculation sheet Table 3 2 Phase Noise Test Setup E5100A Spectrum analyzer Center Frequency Center Frequency RBW 455 kHz 455 kHz 300 Hz 150 MHz 150 MHz 300 Hz 180 MHz 180 MHz 300 Hz Note When you measure noise level at the 10 kHz frequency points of each center i frequency you must set the spectrum analyzer to noise level measurement Y mode When the noise level function is activated and the marker is placed in the noise the rms noise level is read out normalized to a 1 Hz noise power bandwidth 5 Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results and record the test results in the performance test record Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 7 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test This test measures the E5100A signal source actual output power Level at 50 MHz and its flatness relative to the level at 50 MHz Specification Level Accuracy 1 dB at 2345 C 0 dBm output level 50 MHz Level Flatness at 23 5 C relative to O dBm output level at 50 MHz Opt 001 002 without Opt 010 2 dB 4 dB at 10 KHz lt freq lt 180 MHz Opt 003 without Opt 010 2 5 dB 4 5 dB at 10 kHz lt freq lt 180 MHz Opt 010 or Opt 618 2 5 dB 4 5
100. that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26A Press 45 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 45 A26A DCBUS 5V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26A Press 46 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 46 A26A DCBUS 12VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26A Press 47 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 47 A26A DCBUS 12VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26A Press 48 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 48 A26A DCBUS ADC REF VOLT If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26A Press 51 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 51 A26R DCBUS 12VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26R Press 62 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 52 A26R DCBUS 12VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26R Press 53 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 53 A26R DCBUS 5VA Receiver Group Troubleshooting 10 3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26R Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run inte
101. the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Preset Span Frequency 0 Hz IF BW 100 Hz for E5100A IF BW 1 kHz for E5100B Input Attenuator 0 dB Source Power 9 dBm Opt 001 without Opt 010 15 dBm Opt 002 without Opt 010 12 dBm Opt 003 without Opt 010 48 dBm Opt 001 with Opt 010 54 dBm Opt 002 with Opt 010 51 dBm Opt 003 with Opt 010 52 dBm Opt 600 Meas Config R LIN MAG Number of Points 201 Marker Function STATISTICS ON into calculation sheet Key Strokes Preset Span 0 x 1 Sweep IF BW 100 x 1 Sweep IF BW D x k System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT RO dB A 0 dB Opt 200 300 400 600 B O dB Opt 300 400 C O dB Opt 400 Sweep POWER LS x EN x E x Ea x 54 x Es x E x Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE R FORMAT MORE LIN MAG Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 201 x 1 Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON 1 1 1 1 1 1 Set the E5100A B s center frequency as follows and record the average value of the trace E5100A B Center Frequency 10 kHz only E5100A 30 kHz only E5100B 95 kHz 455 kHz 1 01 MHz 10 7 MHz 101 MHz 110 MHz 201 MHz 299 MHz 2 20 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 4 Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results receiver noise and transcribe the test results to the Receiver Noise column in the performance test rec
102. with at least two markers displayed 156 NO VALID MEMORY TRACE If a memory array is to be displayed or otherwise used a data must first be stored to memory by GPIB 56 NOT A DIRECTORY A file name is selected when CHANGE DIRECTORY is pressed Select a directory name before pressing CHANGE DIRECTORY 321 OUT OF MEMORY An internal operation needed more memory than was available 149 OVERLOAD ON INPUT The power level at one of the receiver inputs exceeds a certain level greater than the maximum input level 108 PARAMETER NOT ALLOWED Too many parameters for the command received 1 PRINTER NOT POWERED ON OR DISCONNECTED The printer does not respond to control Verify power to the printer and connection between the analyzer and the printer 284 PROGRAM CURRENTLY RUNNING Certain operations dealing with programs may be illegal while the program is running for example deleting a running program might not be possible Messages 3 28 PROGRAM ERROR Indicates that a downloaded program ralated execution error occured This error message should be used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 281 through 289 A downloaded program is used to add algorithmic capability to a device The syntax used in the program and the mechanism for downloading a program is device specific 286 PROGRAM RUNTIME ERROR Runtime error has occured 28 PROGRAM SYNTAX ERROR Indicats t
103. 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 B 14 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 9 Residual Response Test Input R Frequency 47 85 MHz 47 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 79 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz 239 8 MHz 239 825 MHz Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 15 Test Result Test Limit 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm NANA AAA AA AAA AA A A A Input A Frequency 47 85 MHz 47 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 79 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz 239 8 MHz 239 825 MHz Input B Frequency 47 85 MHz 47 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 79 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz 239 8 MHz 239 825 MHz Test Result Test Limit 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm NAA A AAA AAA AAA A A A Test Limit 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm
104. 0 2 39 10 11 12 15 14 15 16 Remove the digital multimeter from the power splitter and connect the power sensor 8481D to the power splitter as shown in Figure 2 16 Set the power meter setting as follows Calibration Factor 100 Resolution 0 001 dB Set Range Auto Display LOG display Mode Relative mode Insert the 20 dB attenuator between the power splitter s input port and N m BNC f adapter See Figure 2 16 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Source Power 4 dBm Input R Attenuator O dB for Input R test Input A Attenuator O dB for Input A test Input B Attenuator O dB for Input B test Input C Attenuator O dB for Input C test Key Strokes Sweep POWER 74 x 1 System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT System MORE ATTENUATOR A O dB System MORE ATTENUATOR B O dB System MORE ATTENUATOR C O dB R O dB Set the E5100A s center frequency according to the following table Then record the readings mean of the power meter and the E5100A s readings in the calculation sheet Table 2 15 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup E5100A Center Freq 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Replace the power sensor 8481D with the 8482A and calibrate the power meter for the power sensor Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Source Power 1 dBm Input R Attenuator 25 dB for Input R test Input A Attenuator 25 dB for Input A test
105. 0 for B R Opt 300 400 12 Repeat the steps 1 through 10 for C R Opt 400 13 Repeat the steps 1 through 10 for B C Opt 400 2 62 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Input Impedance 1M9 Opt 101 301 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 31 E5100A Qaimnaac 00 0000 pe poda E Goa 6 o e C Aso ohm Feedthrough 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E Power Splitter No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7S02037 Figure 2 81 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 3 2 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Stop 5 MHz Stop 5 M Power 1 dBm Sweep POWER 1 x IF BW 30 Hz IF BW 30 x Active Channel CH1 Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 Measurement A R MEAS A R Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Scale 0 1 dB div Display SCALE MENU SCALE DIV D x 1 Input R Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB A 25 dB 3 Store the measurement data using the following key stroke Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 Display DEFINE TRACE DATA MEM 4 Reverse R and A cable connections on the E5100A input ports 5 Press DATA and MEMORY key Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400
106. 00 0000 0000 L G EAS L o O 2 a C o O WE 9 CT 50 ohm Termination C7S02005 Figure 3 6 Receiver Noise Level Test 2 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Span Frequency 0 Hz Span 0 x 1 3 16 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 IF BW 100 Hz for E5100A Input Attenuator 0 dB Source Power 9 dBm Opt 001 without Opt 010 15 dBm Opt 002 without Opt 010 12 dBm Opt 003 without Opt 010 48 dBm Opt 001 with Opt 010 54 dBm Opt 002 with Opt 010 51 dBm Opt 003 with Opt 010 52 dBm Opt 618 Meas Config R LIN MAG Number of Points 201 Marker Function STATISTICS ON Sweep IF BW 100 x 1 System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB A O dB Opt 218 318 618 B O dB Opt 318 Sweep POWER ED x 1 ES x 1 E x 1 lt 48 x 1 E x 1 ED x 1 E x 1 Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE R FORMAT MORE LIN MAG Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 201 x 1 Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON Set the E5100A s center frequency as follows and record the average value of the trace into calculation sheet E5100A Center Frequency 10 kHz 95 kHz 455 kHz 1 01 MHz 10 7 MHz 101 MHz 110 MHz 179 MHz Use the equat
107. 00 300 400 600 9 Residual Response Test This test measures the E5100A B s Residual Response This test measures how effectively the internal oscillator signal s interference is reduced by measuring the amplitude at some known frequencies with its input terminated Specification Residual Response eee bbb bebe bebe bbb eben es lt 80 dBm except for the following frequency points 50 kHz 100 kHz 95 825 MHz 95 875 MHz 159 791667 MHz 159 825 MHz 159 841667 MHz 159 875 MHz 239 75 MHz 239 875 MHz Test Equipment 50 Q Termination BNC type ccccciic e 115984 3 ea max 50 Q Termination N type 909C Opt 012 for E5100A B Opt 102 302 Procedure 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 9 E5100A B T 0000 DOBD POLE WAV AY 50 ohm Termination 3ea No Connection if Opt 001 C7802007 Figure 2 9 Residual Response Test Setup 2 Set up the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Meas Config R MEAS MORE MORE R Span Frequency 0 Hz 0 x 1 IF BW 10 Hz Sweep IF BW 10 x 1 Source Power Sweep POWER 9 dBm Opt 001 without Opt 010 9 x 1 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 25 15 dBm Opt 002 without Opt 010 Gis x 1 1
108. 00 Hz 120 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq lt 300 MHz 100 dBm 10 kHz lt Freq 100 kHz IF BW 100 Hz 125 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq lt 300 MHz 105 dBm 10 kHz lt Freq 100 kHz E5100B IF BW 30 KHz 100 dBm 1 MHz lt Freq lt 300 MHz IF BW 10 KHz 105 dBm 300 kHz lt Freq lt 300 MHz IF BW 3 KHZ 110 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq 300 MHz IF BW 1 KHZ usse IIR e 115 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq 300 MHz 95 dBm 30 kHz x Freq 100 kHz Test Equipment 50 Q Termination N type 909C Opt 012 1 ea Opt 102 2 ea Opt 302 50 Q Termination BNC type 2 11593A 4 ea max Procedure 1 Connect each 50 Q termination to each input as shown in Figure 2 7 E5100A B DO DOUD 000 DU D O C 10000 n I 0000 9 0000 ME Mal U D aL JE on C 9 6 CT s E s 0 50 ohm Termination C7S02005 Figure 2 7 Receiver Noise Level Test Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 19 2 Set up
109. 008 Figure 13 29 Color LCD Assembly 2 6 Table 13 33 Color LCD Assembly 2 6 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5000 61660 9 1 FLEXFLAT CBL 28480 E5000 61660 2 1400 0611 0 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 0611 Theory of Operation 13 43 Front Assemblies C7 13009 Figure 13 30 Color LCD Assembly 3 6 Table 13 34 Color LCD Assembly 3 6 Ref Agilent Part q Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5000 61001 2 1 m MODULE ASSY 28480 E5000 61001 2 E5000 61630 3 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY 28480 E5000 61630 13 44 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies C7S13010 Figure 13 31 Color LCD Assembly 4 6 Table 13 35 Color LCD Assembly 4 6 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 0515 0905 7 6 SCR MACH M2 5 28480 0515 0905 2190 0583 9 6 M2 5 SPRING WASH 28480 2190 0583 2 1400 1334 6 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1334 Theory of Operation 13 45 Front Assemblies C7513011 Figure 13 32 Color LCD Assembly 5 6 Table 13 36 Color LCD Assembly 5 6 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 0460 1029 1 100 TAPE IDL 25IN 28480 0460 1029 cm 13 46 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies p T D v o C7S13039 Figure
110. 00A 8 as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Center Frequency 50 MHz Center 50 x M Span Frequency 0 Hz Span 0 x 1 Source Power 0 dBm Sweep POWER 0 x 1 3 Connect the Power Sensor to the E5100A B RF OUT 1 as shown in Figure 2 5 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 211 E5100A B Dual Banana to MULTIMETER BNC f Adapter BA 0 290000 ooooo0o Feedthrough BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm Power Sensor 4 N f BNC m Adapter POWER METER No Connection if Opt 001 C7S02003 Figure 2 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test 4 Record the Power Meter reading on the performance test record and transcribe it into Calculation Sheet 5 Set the E5100A B center frequency as follows and record the power meter reading into calculation sheet E5100A B Center Frequency 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 150 MHz 200 MHz 250 MHz 300 MHz 6 Disconnect the power sensor and connect the Digital Voltmeter INPUT to E5100A B RF OUT 1 as shown in Figure 2 5 Use a 50 Q Feedthrough on the Digital Voltmeter input 7 Set the Digital Voltmeter as follows Measurement Function AC Volts mode Display Reading Value dBm reading value Measurement Method Synchronous Sampling Conversion 2 12
111. 01 using 50 Q feedthrough sss eee 3 dB Test Equipment Power Splitter oooooooooocco sss e e e e e e 11667A 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A if without Opt 001 Fixed Attenuator 20 dB 20 8491A Opt 020 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 Gm cence nee Agilent P N 8120 1839 3ea N m BNC f Adapter n tenet enenes Agilent P N 1250 0780 3ea 500 Feedthrough 2 11048C Opt 101 301 Procedure Input Impedance 509 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 25 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 53 E5100A 0000 0000 0000 cosa 5509 5500 go Ag E 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E Power Splitter No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7S02035 Figure 3 25 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 1 2 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Power 1 dBm POWER x 1 IF BW 30 Hz IF BW 80 x 1 Active Channel CHI ACTIVE CH set to CHI Measurement A R MEAS A R Format LOG MAG Scale 0 1 dB div FORMAT MORE LOG MAG SCALE MENU SCALE DIV x 1 Input R Attenuator 25 dB MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R
112. 07513048 Figure 13 14 RF Cables A25 to RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2 A24 A28 Table 13 11 RF Cables A25 to RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2 A24 A28 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 61610 0 1 RF CABLE 1 Opt 001 with 010 28480 E5100 61610 E5100 61618 8 1 RF CABLES Opt 003 with 010 28480 E5100 61618 2 E5100 61619 9 1 RF CABLE 1 Opt 002 with 010 28480 E5100 61619 3 E5100 61620 2 1 RF CABLE 2 Opt 002 with 010 28480 E5100 61620 4 E5100 61605 3 1 RF CABLE 1 Opt 600 28480 E5100 61605 5 E5100 61606 4 1 RF CABLE 2 Opt 600 28480 E5100 61606 6 E5100 61621 3 1 RF CABLES Opt 010 or 600 28480 E5100 61621 1 A25J2 S to RF OUT 1 front assembly 2 A25J2 S to A28J1 See Figure 13 38 3 A25J3 1 to RF OUT 1 front assembly 4 A25J4 2 to RF OUT 2 front assembly 5 A25J8 1 to RF OUT 1 front assembly 6 A25J7 2 to RF OUT 2 front assembly 7 A25J1 P to A24J3 S See Figure 13 12 See Table 13 17 See Table 13 17 See Table 13 18 See Table 13 17 See Table 13 18 Theory of Operation 13 25 Assemblies in Main Board Slots A26 RECEIVER por a C7 13050 Figure 13 15 RF Cables A26R A B C to Port R A B C or A29 Table 13 12 RF Cables A26R A B C to Port R A B C or A29 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 1400 1334 6 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400
113. 1 Incremental attenuation referenced to 0 dB setting Reference 0 dBm E5100A B Power Meter Reference Source Power Reading b ref 0 dBm dBm b a3 dBm Source Power Linearity Note Calculate ref in the calculation sheet for the reference 0 dBm first Then i calculate test results using the equation and the value of ref Y With option 001 and without option 010 E5100A B Power Meter Test Result Source Power Reading b 11 dBm dBm b a5 ref 11 dB 5 dBm dBm b a4 ref 5 dB 5 dBm dBm b a3 ref 5 dB 9 dBm dBm b a3 ref 9 dB Calculation Sheet A5 With Option 002 and without Option 010 E5100A B Power Meter Test Result Source Power Reading b 5 dBm dBm b a4 ref 5 5 dBm dBm b a3 ref 5 10 dBm dBm b a2 ref 10 15 dBm dBm b a2 ref 15 With Option 003 and without Option 010 E5100A B Source Power 7 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm 10 dBm 13 dBm Power Meter Reading b dBm b a4 ref 7 dBm b a4 ref 5 dBm b a3 ref 5 dBm b a2 ref 10 dBm b a2 ref 13 With both Option 001 and Option 010 E5100A B Source Power 22 dBm 10 dBm 10 dBm 20 dBm 30 dBm 40 dBm 48 dBm A 6 Calculation Sheet Power Meter Reading b dBm b a6 ref 22 dBm b a4 ref 10 dBm b a2 ref 10 dBm b al ref 20 dBm b al ref 30 dBm b al ref 40 dBm b al ref 48 Test Result Test Result dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB
114. 1 MHz At IF BW 10 KHz Frequency R A B 455 kHz 101 MHz C 8 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 Test Limit 105 dBm 105 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm Test Limit 120 dBm 120 dBm Test Limit 115 dBm 115 dBm Test Limit 110 dBm 110 dBm Test Limit 105 dBm 105 dBm At IF BW 30 kHz Frequency R A B Test Limit 455 kHz lt 100dBm 101 MHz lt 100 dBm Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 9 8 Trace Noise Test Measurement Frequency Test Reslt Test Limit A R 10kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 1 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 10 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 180 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 B R 10kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 1 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 10 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 180 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 C 10 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 Measurement Frequency Test Reslt Test Limit C R 10 kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase 7 lt 0 05 100 kH
115. 1 MHz to 780 MHz to output the RF OUTPUT frequency RF 10 kHz to 300 MHz Also the LO reference frequency Fn 1st IF 479 9875 MHz is mixed by the 1 mHz resolution frequency FR RF 480 01 MHz to 780 MHz to output the LO frequency RF IF The LO frequency is applied to the receivers Fr RF gt 10 kHz to 300 MHz 480 MHz Fr RF 1 mHz Resolution LO RF L IE to Receivers IF 12 5 kHz C7812008 Figure 13 4 Source Group Simplified Block Diagram 13 10 Theory of Operation Receiver Theory The receiver functional group consists of the following assemblies A26R Input R Receiver Opt 200 300 400 A26A Input A Receiver Opt 100 200 300 400 A26B Input B Receiver Opt 300 400 A26C Input C Receiver Opt 400 A26R A B C Receiver The A26R A26A A26B and A26C assemblies are identical assemblies They down convert the RF input signal to a 12 5 kHz IF with amplitude and phase corresponding to the RF input The IF signal is converted to the digital signal using the Analog to Digtal Converter After that the digtal signal goes to the A3 DSP Assembly through the analog data bus Input Attenuator Each assembly has the input attenuator 0 dB 25 dB which can be set using System MORE ATTENUATOR Theory of Operation 13 11 00 LdO HOLIMS 32YNOS 982v 009 00 LAO NOU AG ci WOSE ZH
116. 10 x 1 Sweep POWER 7 x 1 Sweep POWER 6 x 1 Sweep POWER 0 x 1 Sweep POWER 3 x Sweep POWER 0 x 1 Span 0 x 1 300 Hz 0 dB Obtain the required readings of the spectrum analyzer as follows a Set the E5100A B s center frequency and the spectrum analyzer s center frequency span frequency and resolution bandwidth according to Table 2 2 b Move the spectrum analyzer s marker to the peak value fundamental using the peak search function c Record the fundamental frequency and amplitude on the calculation sheet d Calculate the spectrum analyzer s center frequency for the sprious measurememt according to the calculation sheet if necessary e Set the spectrum analyzer Center Span and RBW according to the table f Move the spectrum analyzer s marker to the peak value Spurious Max using the peak search function g Record the spectrum analyzer reading on the calculation sheet h Repeat steps a through g until all frequencies in the table are completed Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 7 Table 2 2 Non Harmonic Spurious Test Setup E5100A B Spectrum Analyzer Center F enter Frequency Center Span RBW Marker 239 95 MHz 239 95 MHz 1 kHz 300 Hz Fundamental fi f1 10 417 kHz 1 kHz 300 Hz Sprious Max fi 10 417 kHz 1 kHz 300 Hz Sprious Max f1 100 kHz 1 kHz 300 Hz Sprious Max 5 Use th
117. 13 18 13 19 13 20 13 21 13 22 13 23 13 24 13 25 13 26 13 27 13 28 13 29 13 30 13 31 13 32 13 33 13 34 13 35 13 36 13 37 13 38 13 39 13 40 13 41 13 42 13 43 13 44 13 45 13 46 13 47 13 48 13 49 13 50 13 51 13 52 13 53 13 54 13 55 13 56 13 57 13 58 13 59 13 60 13 61 13 62 13 63 15 1 A25 Board Shield Case ll ll ll n 13 21 RF Cables A27 to Rear Assembly 13 22 RF Cables A24 to RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2 A25 A28 lll 13 23 RF Cables A27 to A24 2 13 24 RF Cables A25 to RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2 A24 A28 13 25 RF Cables A26R A B C to Port R A B C or A289 l l 13 26 RF Cables A24 to ABD 13 27 A20 Mother Board a ll l4 4 13 28 Power Supply Cable Clamps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 13 29 Front Sub Panel and RF OUT Connector Assemblies 13 30 RF OUT Cable Clamps Opt 010 or 600 2 13 32 Input Port and Probe Power Connector Assemblies 13 33 Front Pages 13 36 Front Keyboard Assembly 2 2 2 2 2 2 25 25 2 2 5 13 37 Monochrome LCD Assembly 14 13 38 Monochrome LCD Assembly 2 4 Including Power Supply PS 30W 13 39 Monochrome LCD Assembly 34 13 40 Monochrome LCD Assembly 44 13 41 Color LCD Assem
118. 13 33 Color LCD Assembly 6 6 Table 13 37 Color LCD Assembly 6 6 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 61633 7 1 WIRE ASSY LW30 28480 E5100 61633 2 1400 1334 6 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1334 Theory of Operation 13 47 Front Assemblies C7S13012 Figure 13 34 Monochrome Color LCD Assembly Table 13 38 Monochrome Color LCD Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 25002 8 1 FILTER MONOCHROME LCD 28480 E5100 25002 E5000 25002 7 1 FILTER COLOR LCD 28480 E5000 25002 2 0515 1550 0 2 SCR M3 L 8 P H 28480 0515 1550 3 08751 61631 1 1 FLAT CABLE ASSY 28480 08751 61631 13 48 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies C7513029 Figure 13 35 Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 1 2 Table 13 39 Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 1 2 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 0950 2918 8 1 FDD 3 5 28480 0950 2918 2 E5100 61661 1 1 CA FLT RBN 26PIN 28480 E5100 61661 3 E5100 01203 1 1 BRACKET FDD 28480 E5100 01203 4 0515 0999 9 3 M2 5X0 45 L 6 FL 28480 0515 0999 Theory of Operation 13 49 Front Assemblies C7513030 Figure 13 36 Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 2 2 Table 13 40 Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 2 2 Ref Agilent P
119. 1334 2 See Table 13 21 1 RF CABLE R A B C 28480 to Table 13 24 E5100 61628 10 RF CABLE A Opt 101 or 301 28480 E5100 61628 E5100 61629 1 RF CABLE B Opt 301 28480 E5100 61629 1 A26J2 to Port R A B C 2 A26AJ2 to A29J1 3 A26BJ2 to A29J4 13 26 Theory of Operation Board Slots in ies in Mai Assembl C7S13052 RF Cables A24 to A26 gure 13 16 i F RF Cables A24 to A26 Table 13 13 C Qt D Mfr Part fr Code 28480 M 10n Descript y Agilent Part Ref Desig Number E5100 61611 Number E5100 61611 RF CABLE ASSY LO 11 1 1 1 For each receiver and A24J13 C to A26C A24J5 B to A26B 2 A24J6 R to A26R A24J12 A to A26A 13 27 Theory of Operation Bottom Assemblies Bottom Assemblies C7513027 Figure 13 17 A20 Mother Board Table 13 14 A20 Mother Board Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 66520 1 1 MOTHERBOARD 28480 E5100 66520 2 0515 1550 0 15 SCR M3 L 8 P H 28480 0515 1550 3 0403 0424 8 5 CUSHION 20 6X7 6 28480 0403 0424 1 When you replace the A20 Motherbouard replace the cushions Agilent P N 0403 0424 at the same time 13 28 Theory of Operation Bottom Assemblies RVR RR RRR KYN KR C7513055 Figure 13 18 Power Suppl
120. 18 3 27 Source Power 5 dBm Sweep POWER 5 x 1 14 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 15 Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX 16 Move the Channel 2 marker to the maximum value B R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH2 SEARCH MAX 17 Repeat steps 16 and 19 three more times and record each maximum value on the calculation sheet Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage value and record the data in the performance test record 18 Change the connection as shown in Figure 3 10 E5100A 88 0000 88 0000 0000 D0 5000 DO H Se 1 2 R TEU UTI DODU ES 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm C7802016 Figure 3 10 A into R B Input Crosstalk Test Setup 19 Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R A and B A in accordance with the test setup listed in Table 3 10 20 Change the connection as shown in Figure 3 11 3 28 Performance Tests for E5100A Op
121. 199 8 x E Number of Points 4 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 4 x 1 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Change the E5100B s start frequency stop frequency number of points and source power as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Start Frequency 200 2 kHz Start 200 2 x k Stop Frequency 250 MHz Stop 250 x M Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 35 Number of Points 201 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 201 x 1 Source Power 5 dBm Sweep POWER 5 x 12 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 13 Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX 14 Change the E5100B s start frequency stop frequency and number of points as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Start Frequency 250 MHz Start 250 x M Stop Frequency 300 MHz Stop 500 x M Number of Points
122. 2 dB 100 MHz 4 dB 2 dB 150 MHz 4 dB 2 dB 180 MHz 4 dB 2 dB Option 003 without Option 010 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 50 kHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 100kHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 1 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 10 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 100 MHz 4 5dB 2 5 dB 150 MHz 4 5dB 2 5 dB 180 MHz 4 5 dB 2 5 dB C 4 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 Option 010 or Option 618 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum 50 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 150 MHz 180 MHz Limit Limit 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 4 5 dB 2 5 dB 4 5 dB 2 5 dB bdB _ 3 dB bdB _ 3 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 5 6 Source Power Linearity Test Option 001 without Option 010 E5100A Power Setting Limit 11 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm 9 dBm 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Option 002 without Option 010 E5100A Power Setting Limit 5 dBm 5 dBm 10 dBm 15 dBm Option 001 with Option 010 E5100A 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Power Setting Limit 22 dBm 10 dBm 10 dBm 20 dBm 30 dBm 40 dBm 48 dBm C 6 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 5 dB 1 5 dB Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB
123. 2 dBm Opt 003 without Opt 010 E x 1 48 dBm Opt 001 with Opt 010 48 x 1 54 dBm Opt 002 with Opt 010 E x 1 51 dBm Opt 003 with Opt 010 CD x 1 52 dBm Opt 600 C5 x 1 Number of Points 2 Sweep NUMBER of POINTs 2 x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB 3 Set the E5100A B s center frequency as follows and record the maximum value of the trace into calculation sheet E5100A B Center Frequency 47 85 MHz 47 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 19 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz 239 8 MHz 239 825 MHz 4 Remove the 50 Q termination of the E5100A B Input R and connect it to the E5100A B Input A 5 Change the E5100A B control settings as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Meas Config A Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE 6 Repeat step 3 7 Remove the 50 Q termination of the E5100A Input A and connect it to the E5100A B Input B 8 Change the E5100A control settings as follows 2 26 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 12 Control Settings Key Strokes Meas Config B Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE B Repeat step 3 10 11 Remove the 50 Q termination of the E5100A Input B and connect it to the E5100A Input C Change the E5100A control settings as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Meas Config C
124. 200 300 400 600 Stop 50 001 MHz Stop 50 001 x M NOP 2 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 2 x 1 IF BW 10 Hz IF BW 10 x 1 RETURN Power 4 dBm POWER 4 x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB A O dB Set the step Attenuator setting to O dB 5 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration Cal ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Perform the following key strokes to set up markers ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS COUPLED MARKERS DESCRETE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS DESCRETE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB 8 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement 10 11 SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 53 High Level Test 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 24 E5100A B EH oo 0000 B0 0000 a 0000 U HO Ef Ke ouloocosoc Sue 1 2 R A e o N m BNC m Adapter B V Power Splitter P 7 50 ohm Termination
125. 200 kHz dBe lt 20 dBc 300 KHz dBe 20 dBe 1 MHz 2 MHz dBe 20 dBc 3 MHz dBe 20 dBe 10 MHz 20 MHz dBe 20 dBc 30 MHz dBe 20 dBe 100 MHz 200 MHz dBe 20 dBe 300 MHz dBe 20 dBe 200MHz 400 MHz dBe 20 dBe 600 MHz dBe 20 dBe 300MHz 600 MHz dBe 20 dBe 900 MHz dBe 20 dBe Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 3 3 Non Harmonic Spurious Test Non Harmonic Spectrum Analyzer Test Result Test Limit Frequency Center Frequency 239 95 MHz Fundamental 10 417kHz lt 45 dBc Fundamental 10 417 kHz 45 dBe Fundamental 100 kHz 45 dBe B 4 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 4 Phase Noise Test Reference Frequency Test Result Test Limit 455 kHz 445 kHz lt 90 dBe 465 kHz lt 90 dBc 150 MHz 149 99 MHz lt 90 dBc 150 01 MHz lt 90 dBc 300 MHz 299 99 MHz 90 dBc 300 01 MHz 90dBe Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 5 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test Level Accuracy at 50 MHz 0 dBm Minimum Limit Test Result Maximum Limit dBm 1 dBm Level Flatness relative to 0 dBm at 50 MHz Option 001 002 without Option 010 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz 4 dB 2 dB 50 kHz 4 dB 2 dB 100 kHz 4 dB 2 dB 1 MHz 4 dB 2 dB 10 MHz 4 dB 2 dB 100 MHz 4
126. 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB A 95 dB 3 Store the measurement data using the following key stroke ACTIVE CH set to CH1 DEFINE TRACE DATA MEM 4 Reverse R and A cable connections on the E5100A input ports 5 Press DATA and MEMORY key 6 Visually average the two traces imagine a trace directly between the two traces If both traces are not completely visible change the scale as required a Press Marker rotate the RPG knob and record the maximum averaged power deviation from 10 kHz to 100 kHz on the performance test record 3 54 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 b Rotate the RPG knob and record the maximum averaged power deviation from 100 kHz to 100 MHz on the performance test record c Rotate the RPG knob and record the maximum averaged power deviation from 100 MHz to 180 MHz on the performance test record 7 Press Display DEFINE TRACE TRACE DATA 8 Change the connection as shown in Figure 3 26 E5100A pl le 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm El Power some 20 dB L Attenuato x r No Connection if Opt 001 S N m BNC f Adapter C7S02036 Figure 3 26 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 2 9 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Ke
127. 2VB 12VA 12VB A26B DCBUS ADC REF VOLT 12VA 12VB 12VA 12VB A26C DCBUS ADC REF VOLT POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST OPTION ONLY POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST OPTION ONLY POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST OPTION ONLY POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST OPTION ONLY POWER ON TEST POWER ON TEST OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION OPTION ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY ONLY Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 15 83 A27 DCBUS 12V POWER ON TEST 84 A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ1 85 A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ2 POWER ON TEST 86 A27 FBUS 100KHZ POWER ON TEST
128. 3 E5100A 88 O DD C 88 0000 0000 D0 5000 DO H S 1 2 R Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm C7502017 Figure 2 13 C into R A B Input Crosstalk Test Setup 26 Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R C A C and B C in accordance with the test setup listed in Table 2 11 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 33 E5100B Table 2 12 is the summary of the E5100B s test setup Table 2 12 E5100B Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary Measurement Frequency IF BW NOP Output Input Attenuator Configuration Start Stop Power R A A R 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 100 Hz 15 0 dBm 25 dB 0 dB 100 2 KHz 199 8 kHz 4 OdBm 200 2 kHz 250 MHz 201 5 dBm 250 MHz 300 MHz 21 5dBm R A 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 100 Hz 15 OdBm 0 dB 25 dB 100 2 KHz 199 8 kHz 4 OdBm 200 2 kHz 250 MHz 201 5 dBm 250 MHz 300 MHz 21 5dBm 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 14 E5100B 000 0000 Te S0 ohm Termination 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm C7802019 Figure 2 14 R
129. 3 Set the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Preset Channel 1 Measurement A R Format LOG MAG Channel 2 Measurement A R Format Phase Dual Channel ON Coupled Channel ON Start 3 MHz Stop 50 001 MHz NOP 2 IF BW 10 Hz Power 5 dBm Key Strokes Preset Meas Format MEAS A R FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS A R FORMAT MORE PHASE Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Sweep COUPLED CH on OFF turn it ON Start 3 x M Stop 50 001 x M Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 2 x 1 IF BW 10 x RETURN POWER 5 x 1 2 44 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 10 11 Input R Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB A 95 dB Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration Cal ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Perform the following key strokes to set up markers Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS COUPLED MARKERS DESCRETE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS DESCRETE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the c
130. 3 16 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 001 Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 618 3 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Channel 1 Measurement A R Meas Format MEAS A R Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Channel 2 Measurement A R Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS A R Format Phase FORMAT MORE PHASE Dual Channel ON Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 41 Coupled Channel ON Sweep COUPLED CH on OFF turn it ON Start 3 MHz Stat 5 x M Stop 50 001 MHz Stop 50 001 x M NOP 2 Sweep NUMBER of POINTs 2 x 1 IF BW 10 Hz IF BW 10 x RETURN Power 11 dBm POWER 11 x Input R Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB A 95 dB Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Perform the following key strokes to set up markers ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS COUPLED MARKERS DESCRETE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS DESCRETE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB 8 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement 10 11 SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz
131. 3 without Opt 010 E5100A Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 7 dBm 40 dB 37 dB 5 dBm 40 dB 35 dB 5 dBm 30 dB 35 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 13 dBm 20 dB 33 dB Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 13 Table 3 6 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 001 with Opt 010 E5100A Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 22 dBm 60 dB 38 dB 10 dBm 40 dB 30 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 20 dBm 10 dB 30 dB 30 dBm 10 dB 40 dB 40 dBm 10 dB 50 dB 48 dBm 10 dB 58 dB Table 3 7 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 002 with Opt 010 E5100A Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 16 dBm 50 dB 34 dB 10 dBm 40 dB 30 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 20 dBm 10 dB 30 dB 30 dBm 10 dB 40 dB 40 dBm 10 dB 50 dB 50 dBm 10 dB 60 dB 54 dBm 0 dB 54 dB 3 14 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 Table 3 8 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 003 with Opt 010 or Opt 618 E5100A Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 18 dBm 50 dB 32 dB 10 dBm 40 dB 30 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 20 dBm 10 dB 30 dB 30 dBm 10 dB 40 dB 40 dBm 10 dB 50 dB 50 dBm 10 dB 60 dB 52 dBm 0 dB 62 dB 8 Use the equ
132. 30 dB 20 dBm 10 dB 30 dB 30 dBm 10 dB 40 dB 40 dBm 10 dB 50 dB 50 dBm 10 dB 60 dB 54 dBm 0 dB 54 dB Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 17 Table 2 9 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 003 with Opt 010 or Opt 600 E5100A B Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 18 dBm 50 dB 32 dB 10 dBm 40 dB 30 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 20 dBm 10 dB 30 dB 30 dBm 10 dB 40 dB 40 dBm 10 dB 50 dB 50 dBm 10 dB 60 dB 52 dBm 0 dB 62 dB 8 Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results and transcribe the test results to the performance test record 2 18 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 7 Receiver Noise Level Test This test measures the E5100A B s Receiver Noise Level Noise Floor Specification at magnitude measurement 23 5 C RF attenuator 0 dB 50 Q input E5100A IF BW 30 KHz 100 dBm 1 MHz lt Freq lt 300 MHz IF BW 10 KHZ 105 dBm 300 kHz lt Freq lt 300 MHz IF BW 3 kHz 110 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq lt 300 MHz IF BW 1 kHz 115 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq lt 300 MHz 95 dBm 30 kHz lt Freq 100 kHz IF BW 3
133. 318 618 3 49 NOP 2 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 2 x 1 IF BW 10 Hz IF BW 10 x RETURN Power 0 dBm POWER 0 x 1 Input A Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT A 25 dB Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Perform the following key strokes to set up markers ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS COUPLED MARKERS DESCRETE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS DESCRETE 7 Set the step attenuator to 10 dB 10 11 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB 3 50 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 High Level Test 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 23 E5100A B 2000 0000 0000 0000 sool5oo A P C to 50 ohm Termination for Opt 002 003 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapt
134. 396 61001 2 0515 1598 6 4 SCR SKT HEAD 28480 0515 1598 2190 0586 2 4 WSHR LK HLCL 28480 2190 0586 3050 0893 9 4 WSHR FL 28480 3050 0893 Theory of Operation 13 61 Rear Assemblies a 2 oos o X E 3 E ae A ee ae C7913019 inter Port and AC Inlet Figure 13 48 GPIB Pr Table 13 52 GPIB Printer Port and AC Inlet Mfr Part Number 66547 0644 2190 0577 1251 5436 2110 1134 2110 0030 1252 6951 0380 Mfr Code 28480 E5100 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 Description REAR BOARD 1 M FEX LK HLCL SCRLK F STDF HEX WSHR FUSE DRAWER FUSE 5A 250V AC INLET 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 C Qty D 2 4 1 0 0 3 8 Agilent Part Number E5100 66547 0380 0644 2190 0577 1251 5436 2110 1134 2110 0030 1252 6951 Ref Desig 1 2 3 4 13 62 Theory of Operation Rear Assemblies y e White Black Gra te Gray Wh Green Yellow C7 13033 Ac Inlet Assembly 49 gure 13 i F Ac Inlet Assembly Table 13 53 C Qt D Mfr Part fr Code 28480 E5100 M ion ipt y Descr Agilent Part Ref Desig Number Number E5100 61640 61640 WIRE ASSY GND 1 6 1 13 63 Theory of Operation Rear Assemblies gt Ro pU ee Lr ee a
135. 44444 ee 2 9 Test Equipment 444440 2 9 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 2 9 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test o 2 11 Specification 44444444 ee 2 11 Test Equipment 444440 2 11 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 2 11 6 Source Power Linearity Test l l l l lll 2 14 Specification 44444444 ee 2 14 Test Equipment 444440 2 14 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 2 14 7 Receiver Noise Level Test a a a a a a 2 19 Specification 44444444 ee 2 19 Test Equipment 444440 2 19 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 2 19 8 Trace Noise Test 2 22 Specification 4444444 A 2 22 Test Equipment 525 2 22 Procedure 2 4 44 4 4 ee ee sss 2 22 9 Residual Response Test 2 25 Specification 44444444 ee 2 25 Test Equipment 444440 2 25 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 2 25 10 Input Crosstalk Test 2 28 Specification 44444444 ee 2 28 Contents 1 Test Equipment 4 4 0 2 28 Procedure 4444444 a 2 28 E51004 2 2 lll M 2 28 E5100B 2 2 34 11 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Lure 2 37 Specification 2 dede de eu 2 37 Test Equipment 2 Ce de ee 2 37 Procedure Ce eee duree ee 2 37 12 Dynamic A
136. 5 dBm 95 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm Calculation Sheet A 23 C R Measurement Magnitude Ratio Step Attenuator E5100A B Test Result C Input Level Setting Reading b 10 dB dB b al dB 25 dBm 20 dB dB b a2 dB 35 dBm 30 dB dB b a3 dB 45 dBm 40 dB dB b a4 dB 55 dBm 50 dB dB b a5 dB 65 dBm 60 dB dB b a6 dB 75 dBm 70 dB dB b a7 dB 85 dBm 80 dB dB b a8 dB 95 dBm 20 dB dB b a2 dB 5 dBm 10 dB dB b al dB 5 dBm Phase Step Attenuator Test Result C Input Level Setting 10 dB deg 25 dBm 20 dB deg 35 dBm 30 dB deg 45 dBm 40 dB deg 55 dBm 50 dB deg 65 dBm 60 dB deg 75 dBm 70 dB deg 85 dBm 80 dB deg 95 dBm 20 dB deg 5 dBm 10 dB deg 5 dBm A24 Calculation Sheet C B Measurement Magnitude Ratio Phase Step Attenuator Setting 10 dB 20 dB 30 dB 40 dB 50 dB 60 dB 70 dB 80 dB 20 dB 10 dB Step Attenuator Setting 10 dB 20 dB 30 dB 40 dB 50 dB 60 dB 70 dB 80 dB 20 dB 10 dB E5100A B Reading b Test Result dB b al dB dB b a2 dB dB b a3 dB dB b a4 dB dB b a5 dB dB b a6 dB dB b a7 dB dB b a8 dB dB b a2 dB dB b al dB Test Result C Input Level deg 25 dBm deg 85 dBm deg 45 dBm deg 55 dBm deg 65 dBm deg 75 dBm deg 85 dBm deg 95 dBm deg 5 dBm deg 5 dBm C Input Level 25 dBm 35 dBm 45 dBm 55 dBm 65 dBm 75 dBm 85
137. 5100A Table 3 10 is the summary of the E5100A s test setup Table 3 10 E5100A Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary Measurement Frequency IF BW NOP Output Input Attenuator Configuration Start Stop Power R A B AR BR 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 10 Hz 15 0 dBm 25 dB 0 dB 0 dB 100 2 kHz 199 8 kHz 4 0 dBm 200 2 kHz 180 MHz 201 5 dBm R A B A 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 10 Hz 15 0 dBm 0 dB 25 dB 0 dB 100 2 kHz 199 8 kHz 4 0 dBm 200 2 kHz 180 MHz 201 5 dBm R B A B 10 kHz 99 4 kHz 10 Hz 15 0 dBm 0 dB 0 dB 25 dB 100 2 kHz 199 8 kHz 4 0 dBm 200 2 kHz 180 MHz 201 5 dBm 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 9 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 25 E5100A EE 0000 DO 9000 og EE 2 D XL 9 e og C7S02008 v 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Figure 3 9 R into A B Input Crosstalk Test Setup 2 Set up IF BW of the E51004 as follows Control Settings Preset IF BW 10 Hz Input R Attenuator 25 dB Input A B Attenuator 0 dB Multi Channel ON Channel 1 Setup Meas Config A R LOG MAG Statistics ON Channel 2 Setup if not Opt 218 Meas Config B R LOG MAG Statistics O
138. 5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB Measurement Frequency Test Result Test Limit B into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz 110 dB 100 kHz to 200 kHz 120 dB 200 kHz to 300 MHz 120 dB B into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz 110 dB 100 kHz to 200 KHz 120 dB 200 kHz to 300 MHz 120 dB B into C Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz 110 dB 100 kHz to 200 kHz 120 dB 200 kHz to 300 MHz 120 dB C into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz 110 dB 100 kHz to 200 kHz 120 dB 200 kHz to 300 MHz 120 dB C into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz 110 dB 100 kHz to 200 kHz 120 dB 200 kHz to 300 MHz 120 dB C into B Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz 110 dB 100 kHz to 200 kHz 120 dB 200 kHz to 300 MHz 120 dB E5100B Measurement Frequency Test Result Test Limit R into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz 85 dB 100 kHz to 200 kHz lt 105 dB 200 kHz to 250 MHz lt 105 dB 250 MHz to 300 MHz lt 105 dB A into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz lt 85 dB 100 kHz to 200 kHz lt 105 dB 200 kHz to 250 MHz lt 105 dB 250 MHz to 300 MHz lt 105 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 19 11 Absolute Amplitude Input R Attenuator 0 dB Frequency
139. 5100A input ports 5 Press DATA and MEMORY key 6 Visually average the two traces imagine a trace directly between the two traces If both traces are not completely visible change the scale as required a Press Marker rotate the RPG knob and record the maximum averaged power deviation from 10 kHz to 100 kHz on the performance test record Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 61 b Rotate the RPG knob and record the maximum averaged power deviation from 100 kHz to 100 MHz on the performance test record c Rotate the RPG knob and record the maximum averaged power deviation from 100 MHz to 300 MHz on the performance test record 7 Press Display DEFINE TRACE TRACE DATA 8 Change the connection as shown in Figure 2 30 E5100A 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm El Power some 20 dB L Attenuato x No Connection if Opt 001 SN N m BNC f Adapter C7502036 Figure 2 30 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 2 9 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Power 4 dBm POWER x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB A O dB 10 Repeat the steps 3 through 6 11 Repeat the steps 1 through 1
140. 54 LIST TABLE EMPTY OR INSUFFICIENT TABLE The frequency list is empty To implement the list frequency mode make the list table 126 LOCAL MAX NOT FOUND The maximum peak whose sharpness is defined by the peak define function cannot be found 127 LOCAL MIN NOT FOUND The minimum peak whose sharpness is defined by the peak define function cannot be found 250 MASS STORAGE ERROR mass storage error occurred This error message is used when the device cannot detect the more specific errors described for errors 251 trough 259 254 MEDIA FULL A legal program command could not be executed because the media was full 258 MEDIA PROTECTED A legal program command could not be executed because the media was protected for example the disk was write protected 251 MISSING MASS STORAGE legal program command could not be executed because of missing mass storage for example attempt to access an external disk drive by using Instrument BASIC Messages 2 262 MISSING MEDIA A legal program command could not be executed because of a missing media for example no disk 109 MISSING PARAMETER A command with an improper number of parameters received 120 NO MARKER DELTA RANGE NOT SET The SEARCH RNG STORE softkey requires that delta marker mode be turned oN with at least two markers displayed 128 NO MARKER DELTA SPAN NOT SET The MARKER SPAN softkey requires that delta marker mode be turned oN
141. 6 6 wk 5 4 Inspect the Performance Test Result 0 0 20288 5 5 Inspect the Rear Panel Feature 1 a a a 5 5 Check the GPIB Interface 2 en 5 5 Check the Parallel Interface 5 5 Check the mini DIN Keyboard Connector 00 5 5 6 Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting Introduction a 4444444 a 6 1 Performance Tests Failure Troubleshooting 6 2 Perform Adjustments 6 2 Troubleshoot Suspicious Functional Group l l 6 2 7 Power Supply Troubleshooting Introduction 0 7 1 Start Here 2 4 4 ee ee ee ee 7 2 Check the Power On Sequence 7 2 Troubleshoot the Fan e 7 2 Troubleshoot the Fan a 7 2 Troubleshoot the Power Supplies 2 2 2 25 2 2 2 7 4 Measure the Output Voltages of Power Supplies 7 4 Contents 4 Digital Control Troubleshooting Introduction a a a a a 4444444 ee eee ee ee s 8 1 Al CPU Replacement 4 8 1 Firmware Installation 4 4 8 2 1 Choosing and Ordering a Required Firmware Disk EN 8 2 Checking if Option 509 is installed MN Dl 8 2 Checking the Currently Installed Firmware Revision MM 8 2 Checking Maximum Number of Sweep Points Dl 8 3 Checking the LCD Display Type Ce EN 8 8 2 Installing the Firmware Lo ee a 8 4 Start Here o a
142. 600 2 63 6 Visually average the two traces imagine a trace directly between the two traces If both traces are not completely visible change the scale as required Press Marker rotate the RPG knob and record the maximum averaged power deviation from 10 kHz to 5 MHz on the performance test record 7 Press Display DEFINE TRACE TRACE DATA 8 Change the connection as shown in Figure 2 32 E5100A lt TI 550 ohm Feedthrough Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm El Power some 20 dB L Attenuator x No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7S02038 Figure 2 82 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 4 9 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Power 4 dBm POWER x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB A O dB 10 Repeat the steps 3 through 6 11 Repeat test for B R Opt 300 400 12 Repeat test for B C Opt 400 2 64 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 14 Phase Frequency Response Test This test checks the phase accuracy for each pair of inputs by measuring the peak to peak variation of the ratioed trace Note An E5100B does not require this test An E5100A with Option 100 does
143. 70 Chassis Parts 13 71 Front Screws a 13 72 Front Trim aaa aa 13 73 Shield Plate 13 74 Rear Fat 13 75 Strap Handle 4444 0 0 13 76 Outer Cover Assembly 13 77 Al Switch Location 15 2 Contents 15 15 2 Al Flash Memory and SIMM Location 15 3 15 3 A24 Jumper Location and Settings 15 4 15 4 A24 Connector Location 15 6 15 5 A25 Jumper and Switch Locations and Settings 15 8 15 6 A25 Cable Connection l l e A 15 9 15 7 Shunt Connector of Power Supply PS 180W 15 10 D 1 Serial Number Plate D 2 Contents 16 Tables 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 4 1 4 2 6 1 6 2 7 1 7 2 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 8 8 8 9 Recommended Test Equipment Harmonics Test Seta Non Harmonic Spurious Test Setup Phase Noise Test Setup e Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 001 without Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 002 without Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 003 without Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 001 with Opt 010 Source Power Linearity Test Setup
144. 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 19 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz Remove the 50 Q termination of the E5100A Input R and connect it to the E5100A Input A 5 Change the E5100A control settings as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Meas Config A MEAS MORE MORE Repeat step 3 7 Remove the 50 U termination of the E5100A Input A and connect it to the E5100A Input B Change the E5100A control settings as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Meas Config B MEAS MORE MORE B Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 23 9 Repeat step 3 3 24 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 10 Input Crosstalk Test The signal leakage interference between the E5100A s two inputs when one input is driven and the other is terminated is measured by this test Note An E5100A with Option 118 does not require this test v Specification Input Crosstalk E5100A ecc rr 110 dB 10 kHz freq 100 kHz lt 120 dB 100 KHz lt freq 180 MHz Test Equipment BNC m BNC m Cable 61 Gm Agilent P N 8120 1839 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A 4 ea max 50 Q Termination N type 909C Opt 012 if with Opt 102 302 2 ea max N m BNC f Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1476 if with Opt 102 302 Procedure E
145. 9 2 Typical INT REF Signal Source Group Troubleshooting 9 7 2 Check the EXT REF Operation When an external reference signal 10 MHz 0 dBm is applied to the EXT REF input connector on the rear panel the message External Reference appears for about 3 seconds on the display When the external reference signal is removed nothing happens Perform the following steps to verify the operation of the EXT REF input a Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 9 3 Then check that the External Reference message appears on the display If Option 1D6 is installed in the E5100A B connect the cable between the EXT REF Input connector and REF OVEN Opt 1D5 connector m If the External Reference message appears correctly the EXT REF circuit probably working At this point the A27 synthesizer is verified m If the External Reference message does not appear inspect the cable I and connections between the EXT REF input connector and A27J2 If the cable and connections are good the most probable faulty assembly is A27 Replace A27 BNC m BNC m Cable 122 om TO EXT REFERENCE TO EXT REF OUTPUT Input Spectrum Analyzer E5100A B 9 CCo
146. 95 kHz 455 kHz 1 01 MHz 10 7 MHz 101 MHz 110 MHz 201 MHz 299 MHz Frequency Input 455 kHz 101 MHz Frequency Input 455 kHz 101 MHz pOWpwpbeUu uuum u mu uuw eu buHu d R A R A R A R A Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Calculation Sheet A 11 At IF BW 30 kHz A12 Calculation Sheet Frequency Input 455 kHz 101 MHz R A R A Trace Mean Test Result a 20xlog a Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm Unit dBm 10 Input Crosstalk Test E5100A Measurement R into A R into B Frequency 10 KHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 KHz 100 kHz to 200 KHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz aa rr ean c oc LL 0 7 YM 0 7 9 B S Y Bm S QQ A cs Trace Max dB dB dB dB Test Result a b c d 4 dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB
147. AA AA AAA AA A A A A C 12 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 Input B Frequency 47 85 MHz 47 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 79 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 13 Test Result Test Limit 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm NA AA AAA AAA A A A A 10 Input Crosstalk Test E5100A Measurement R into A Crosstalk R into B Crosstalk A into R Crosstalk A into B Crosstalk B into R Crosstalk B into A Crosstalk Frequency 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz C 14 Performance Test Record for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 Test Result Test Limit lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120 dB 110 dB 120 dB 120
148. Agilent E5100A B Network Analyzer Service Manual SERIAL NUMBERS This manual applies directly to instruments with serial number prefix JPIKC and above and whose firmware is version 1 0 and above RE Agilent Technologies Agilent Part No E5100 90130 Printed in JAPAN October 2002 Fourth Edition Notice The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright All rights are reserved No part of this document may be photocopied reproduced or translated to another language without the prior written consent of the Agilent Technologies Company Agilent Technologies Japan Ltd Component Test PGU Kobe 1 3 2 Murotani Nishi ku Kobe shi Hyogo 651 2241 Japan The customer shall have the personal non transferable rights to use copy or modify SAMPLE PROGRAMS in this manual for the Customer s internal operations The customer shall use the SAMPLE PROGRAMS solely and exclusively for their own purpose and shall not license lease market or distribute the SAMPLE PROGRAMS or modification of any part thereof Agilent Technologies shall not be liable for the quality performance or behavior of the SAMPLE PROGRAMS Agilent Technologies especially disclaims that the operation of the SAMPLE PROGRAMS shall be uninterrupted or error free The SAMPLE PROGRAMS are provided AS IS AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
149. B 28480 E5100 00211 3 01650 47401 7 1 KNOP RPG 28480 01650 47401 4 5041 0564 4 1 KEY Q CORP WHT 28480 5041 0564 Theory of Operation 13 55 Front Assemblies G 07513056 Figure 13 42 500 1M0 Label Opt 101 301 Table 13 46 500 1M9 Label Opt 101 301 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number iu E5100 87101 8 or 2 1 LABEL Opt 101 301 28480 E5100 87101 13 56 Theory of Operation Rear Assemblies Rear Assemblies p C7513014 Figure 13 43 EXT REF INT REF Connectors Table 13 47 EXT REF INT REF Connectors Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 00203 9 1 PANEL REAR 28480 E5100 00208 2 1250 0252 6 2 Connector RF BNC 28480 1250 0252 3 2190 0102 8 2 WSHR LK INTL T 28480 2190 0102 2950 0035 8 2 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 28480 2950 0035 4 6960 0041 1 1 PLUG HOLE 28480 6960 0041 Theory of Operation 13 57 Rear Assemblies C7513015 Figure 13 44 REF OVEN Connector Table 13 48 REF OVEN Connector Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 1250 0252 6 1 Connector RF BNC 28480 1250 0252 2 2190 0102 8 1 WSHR LK INTL T 28480 2190 0102 2950 0085 8 1 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 28480 2950 0035 13 58 Theory of Operation
150. B 20 Input A Attenuator 25 dB ll lll a B 21 Input B Attenuator OdB a a a B 21 Input B Attenuator 25 dB lll ll lh B 21 Input C Attenuator 0 dB B 22 Contents 9 Input C Attenuator 25 dB 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test A R Measurement Magnitude Ratio Phase 2 ll nn B RMeasurement Magnitude Ratio Phase C R Measurement Magnitude Ratio Phase C B Measurement A Magnitude Ratio Phase aa 2 0484 Measurement Option 100 Magnitude Ratio Phase aa 2 0484 13 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test E5100A Input Impedance 500 A R Measurement Input Attenuator A R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator C R Measurement Input Attenuator C R Measurement Input Attenuator B C Measurement Input Attenuator B C Measurement Input Attenuator E5100A Input Impedance 1 MQ 14 A R Measurement Input Attenuator A R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator B C Measurement Input Attenuator B C Measurement Input Attenuator Phase Frequency Response Test E5100A Input Imp
151. B a dB 60 dB a6 dB 70 dB at dB 80 dB a8 dB 1 Incremental attenuation referenced to 0 dB setting A R Measurement Magnitude Ratio Step Attenuator E5100A B Test Result A Input Level Setting Reading b 10 dB dB b al dB 25 dBm 20 dB dB b a2 dB 35 dBm 30 dB dB b a3 dB 45 dBm 40 dB dB b a4 dB 55 dBm 50 dB dB b a5 dB 65 dBm 60 dB dB b a6 dB 75 dBm 70 dB dB b a7 dB 85 dBm 80 dB dB b a8 dB 95 dBm 20 dB dB b a2 dB 5 dBm 10 dB dB b al dB 5 dBm Phase Step Attenuator Test Result A Input Level Setting 10 dB deg 25 dBm 20 dB deg 35 dBm 30 dB deg 45 dBm 40 dB deg 55 dBm 50 dB deg 65 dBm 60 dB deg 75 dBm 70 dB deg 85 dBm 80 dB deg 95 dBm 20 dB deg 5 dBm 10 dB deg 5 dBm A 22 Calculation Sheet B R Measurement Magnitude Ratio Phase Step Attenuator Setting 10 dB 20 dB 30 dB 40 dB 50 dB 60 dB 70 dB 80 dB 20 dB 10 dB Step Attenuator Setting 10 dB 20 dB 30 dB 40 dB 50 dB 60 dB 70 dB 80 dB 20 dB 10 dB E5100A B Reading b Test Result dB b al dB dB b a2 dB dB b a3 dB dB b a4 dB dB b a5 dB dB b a6 dB dB b a7 dB dB b a8 dB dB b a2 dB dB b al dB Test Result B Input Level deg 25 dBm deg 85 dBm deg 45 dBm deg 55 dBm deg 65 dBm deg 75 dBm deg 85 dBm deg 95 dBm deg 5 dBm deg 5 dBm B Input Level 25 dBm 35 dBm 45 dBm 55 dBm 65 dBm 75 dBm 8
152. B power off 2 While pressing both and 6 keys at the same time turn the E5100A B power on 3 Wait until the bootloader menu FIRMWARE UPDATE and other softkeys appears on the display 4 Press FIRMWARE UPDATE 5 Insert the correct firmware disk into the floppy disk drive of the E5100A B 6 Press OK T Press EXECUTE UPDATE 8 Press OK to start the firmware update 9 Wait until the E5100A B automatically executes preset operation 10 Verify that no error message is displayed and that the revision displayed is that of the revision label m In case of unexpected results inspect the firmware diskette for any damage Clean the built in FDD and retry the procedure 8 4 Digital Control Trouhleshooting Start Here 1 Check the Power On Sequence See the Inspect the Power On Sequence in the chapter 4 for checking the Power On Sequence Check the A1 LEDs DS1 DS2 and DS3 There are twelve LEDs 4 x 3 on the Al CPU These LEDs should be in the pattern shown in Table 8 2 and Table 8 3 at the end of the power on sequence Perform the following procedure to check the A1 twelve LEDs a Turn the analyzer off b Remove the outer cover of the analyzer c Turn the analyzer power on Look at the Al LEDs DS1 DS2 and DS3 Some of the LEDs light during the power on sequence At the end of the power on sequence the LEDs should stay in the pattern shown in Table 8 2 and Table 8 3 m If the DSI 5V LED is OFF check the
153. Bm 1 P Performance Tests A Adjustments T Troubleshooting 2 The 53181A can not used for Performance Test 3 The 436A Opt 022 can not be used for adjustment 4 The E4418A can not used for Performance test 1 4 General Information Table 1 1 Recommended Test Equipment continued Equipment Critical Specifications Recommended Model Qty Usel 80 dB Step no substitute 8496A1 G 1 PA Attenuator with Opt 001 amp H602 Attenuator No substitute 11713A 1 PA Switch Driver Coaxial Loads 50 Q Termination N type 909C Opt 012 2 P 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A 4 PA 50 Q Feedthrough BNC m BNC f 11048C PA or PN 04192 61002 Program Adjustments Program 3 5 in PN E5100 65003 1 A Attenuator Pad Impedance 50 Q N m N f ATT 10 dB VSWR 1 015 8491A Opt 010 amp H603 2 P ATT 10 dB 8491A Opt 010 1 P ATT 20 dB 8491A Opt 020 1 P ATT 30 dB 8491A Opt 030 1 A Cables 50 U N m N m 61 cm 11500B 1 P 50 Q BNC m BNC m 30 em PN 8120 1838 4 PA 50 Q BNC m BNC m 61 cm PN 8120 1839 1 PA 50 Q BNC m BNC m 122 cm PN 8120 1840 2 P GPIB Cable 10833A B C 3 A T Adapters 50 Q N m N m PN 1250 0778 1 P 50 Q N m BNC f PN 1250 1476 5 PA 50 Q N f BNC m PN 1250 1477 1 PA BNC f Dual Banana Plug PN 1251 2277 1 PA Power Splitter Freq Range gt 300 MHz Two way 11667A 1 PA 1 The 8496A cannot be used for adjustment 2 An 8496A G step attenuator with required low VSWR 1 02 can be purchased by specifyin
154. Bm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 70 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 80 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 90 dBm 0 2 dB 0 2 dB 100 dBm 0 6 dB 0 6 dB Phase CInput Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 20 dBm 3 3 30 dBm 0 6 0 6 50 dBm 0 3 0 3 60 dBm 0 3 0 3 70 dBm 0 3 0 3 80 dBm 0 3 0 3 90 dBm 0 6 0 6 100 dBm 1 8 1 8 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 27 13 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test E5100A Input Impedance 50 Q A R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHZ 0 5 dB 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 300 MHz 1 dB 1 dB A R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 300 MHz 1 dB B R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 300 MHz 1 dB B R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 300 MHz 1 dB B 28 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB C R Measurement Input Att
155. Bm 0 3dB 0 3 dB 85 dBm 0 9 dB 0 9 dB 95 dBm 3 dB 3 dB Phase CInput Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 3 3 5 dBm 0 6 0 6 25 dBm 0 3 0 3 35 dBm 0 3 0 3 45 dBm 0 3 0 3 55 dBm 0 3 0 3 65 dBm 0 6 0 6 75 dBm 1 8 1 8 85 dBm 6 6 95 dBm 18 18 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 25 C B Measurement Magnitude Ratio C Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level 5 dBm 5 dBm 25 dBm 35 dBm 45 dBm 55 dBm 65 dBm 75 dBm 85 dBm 95 dBm Phase C Input Level 5 dBm 5 dBm 25 dBm 35 dBm 45 dBm 55 dBm 65 dBm 75 dBm 85 dBm 95 dBm B 26 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Limit 0 4 dB 0 09 dB 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 0 06 dB 0 1 dB 0 3 dB 0 9 dB 3 dB Minimum Limit 20 0 6 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 6 1 8 6 18 Test Result Limit 0 4 dB 0 09 dB 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 0 06 dB 0 1 dB 0 3 dB 0 9 dB 3 dB Maximum Limit 3 0 6 0 0 3 0 0 0 6 18 6 18 A Measurement Option 100 Magnitude Ratio A Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 20 dBm 0 4 dB 0 4 dB 30 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 50 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 60 d
156. CD SYNTHESIZED SOURCE C7812009 Figure 13 1 Simplified System Block Diagram The built in synthesized source generates a CW continuous wave or swept RF signal in the range of 10 kHz to 300 MHz 180 MHz for Opt 118 218 318 The RF output power is leveled to a maximum level of 11 dBm Theory of Operation 13 1 The signal separation device in a network analyzer system is the built in power splitter Opt 002 the 11667A power splitter or the 87512A B transmission reflection test kit The source RF signal goes through the signal separation device to the device under test The signal transmitted through the device or reflected from its input is applied to the A and or B and or C inputs of the receiver and compared with the incident signal at input R The receiver consists of four assemblies for R A B and C inputs Opt 400 Each receiver assembly converts the RF input frequency to an intermediate frequency for signal processing and converts to the digital signal using the ADC Analog Digital Converter Then the digitalized raw data is transferred to the digital circuit section The raw data are then processed The processed and formatted data is finally routed to the LCD for display and to GPIB remote operation Analyzer Functional Groups The operation of the analyzer is most logically described in four functional groups Each group consists of several major assemblies and performs a distinct funct
157. Connectors with 50 Q Connectors 11 2 Inspect the Connectors 4 4 4 4 4 44s 11 2 Inspect the Accessories 11 3 Verify the Probe Power 11 3 Contents 5 12 Service Key Menus Introduction 0 12 1 Service Menu ll 4 44444444 ee 4e ee 12 2 INTERNAL TESTS a 12 2 EXECUTE TEST 2 2 2 2 Vc 12 2 24BIT IVO TEST 2 2 25 522 2 25 2 25 275 242 524 12 2 FIRMWARE RRV TS TON 12 2 Internal Tests 12 3 Internal Tests 44s 12 3 BOOTLOADER MENU 44 44444 eee eee 12 4 FIRMWARE UPDATE OK oo A 12 4 FIRWARE UPDATE FIRMWARE VERSION 0 12 4 REBOOT 2 1 e 12 4 13 Theory of Operation System Theory 2 1 1 4 444444 ee 13 1 Analyzer Functional Groups 6 we 13 2 Power Supply Theory 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 25 2 25 2525 5 13 2 PS 130W Power Supply a 2 ll ll 4 4 4e 13 4 Regulated 5VD 15VA 15VA 24VA Supplies 13 4 Shutdown Circuit 4 444044 4 ee ee es 13 4 PS 30W Power Supply 4 4 0 4e 13 4 Regulated 5VA 12VA 12VA Supplies 13 4 Shutdown Circuit 4 444044 4 ee ee es 13 4 DC Fan Power 4444 44 4 ee 2 13 4 Display Power 4 2 4 4 e 13 4 Probe Power 2 1 we 13 4 Line Power Module
158. Control a Source o Receiver o Accessories Each of the first functional group chapters above verifies its constituent assemblies until the faulty assembly is identified Accessories verifies external RF cables and calibration kit devices Accessories is the last of the blue tabbed troubleshooting chapters m Post Repair Procedures contains the Table of Related Service Procedures It is a table of adjustments and verification procedures to be performed after repair or replacement of each assembly General Information 1 1 Note The following chapters are for the most part reference material Y m Service Key Menus documents the functions of the menus accessed from MORE SERVICE MENU These menus let the operator test verify control and troubleshoot the E5100A B GPIB service mnemonics are included m Theory of Operation explains the overall operation of the instrument the division into functional groups and the operation of each functional group m Replacement Procedures provides procedures to disassemble portions of the instrument when certain assemblies are to be replaced m Replacement Parts provides part numbers and illustrations of the replaceable assemblies and miscellaneous chassis parts together with ordering information m Appendices contains the manual changes information required to make this manual compatible with earlier shipment configurations of the instrument the service related error message and
159. DE 28480 5001 0540 Theory of Operation 13 73 Chassis Assemblies C7S13058 Figure 13 60 Shield Plate Table 13 64 Shield Plate Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 00611 3 1 PLATE 28480 E5100 00611 2 0515 0914 8 10 SCR MACH M3X0 5 28480 0515 0914 3 0515 1550 0 6 SCR M3 L8 PH 28480 0515 1550 13 74 Theory of Operation Chassis Assemblies C7S13059 Figure 13 61 Rear Foot Table 13 65 Rear Foot Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 40002 0 4 gran OFF 28480 E5100 40002 2 0515 0892 1 6 SCREW M3 5 28480 0515 0892 Theory of Operation 13 75 Chassis Assemblies C7513060 Figure 13 62 Strap Handle Table 13 66 Strap Handle Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 5062 3703 3 1 STRAP HANDLE 28480 5062 3703 2 5041 8819 8 1 STRAP HANDLE FRT 28480 5041 8819 3 5041 8820 1 1 STRAP HANDL REAR 28480 5041 8820 4 0515 1132 4 2 SCR MACH M5X0 8 28480 0515 1132 13 76 Theory of Operation Chassis Assemblies C7913057 Figure 13 63 Outer Cover Assembly Table 13 67 Outer Cover Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 60002 2 1
160. ECEIVER Port B 28480 E5100 66526 A26C E5100 66526 7 1 RECEIVER Port C 28480 E5100 66526 A27 E5100 66537 0 1 SYNTHESIZER 28480 E5100 69537 PS See Table 13 5 1 POWER SUPPLY 130W 28480 130W 1 The old A3 DSP board Agilent P N E5100 66513 was replaced with this new board This new board can be used for any E5100A B 13 18 Theory of Operation Assemblies in Main Board Slots C7 13028 Figure 13 8 PS 130W Power Supply Assembly Table 13 5 PS 130W Power Supply Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 65002 2 1 PS130W POWER SUPPLY 28480 E5100 65002 2 E5100 61632 6 1 WIRE ASSY LWQ130 28480 E5100 61632 3 0515 2079 O 4 SCR M4X8 28480 0515 2079 4 1400 1391 5 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1391 Theory of Operation 13 19 Assemblies in Main Board Slots Figure 13 9 A24 Board Shield Case Table 13 6 A24 Board Shield Case Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 00632 8 1 SHIELD CASE ON COMPONENT 28480 E5100 00632 SIDE E5100 00633 9 1 SHIELD CASE ON CIRCUIT SIDE 28480 E5100 00633 2 E5100 00652 2 1 SHIELD CASE ON COMPONENT 28480 E5100 00652 SIDE E5100 00653 3 1 SHIELD CASE ON CIRCUIT SIDE 28480 E5100 00653 Note The A24 board assembly Agilent P N E5100 66524 is furnished with the shield i case
161. Input B Attenuator 25 dB for Input B test Input C Attenuator 25 dB for Input C test Key Strokes Sweep POWER 1 x 1 System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR B 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR C 25 dB 2 40 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Remove the 20 dB attenuator connected to the power splitter s input port and reconnect the N m BNC f adapter and BNC m BNC m cable without the attenuator Set the E5100A s center frequency according to the following table Then record the readings of the power meter and the E5100A s readings mean in the calculation sheet Table 2 16 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup E5100A Center Freq 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Remove the power sensor from the power splitter and connect the digital multimeter to the power splitter as shown in Figure 2 16 Remove the BNC m BNC m cable from the Input R and connect it to the Input A Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input A Remove the power sensor from the power splitter and connect the digital multimeter to the power splitter as shown in Figure 2 16 Remove the BNC m BNC m cable from the Input A and connect it to the Input B Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input B Remove the power sensor from the power splitter and connect the digital multimeter t
162. Limit lt 100 dBm lt 100 dBm 8 Trace Noise Test Measurement Frequency Test Reslt Test Limit A R 10kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 1 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 10 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 300 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 B R 10kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 1 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 10 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 300 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 13 Measurement Frequency CR C B 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude Phase Test Reslt Test Limit lt 0 01 dB 0 05 0 01 dB 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt 0 01 dB lt 0 05 lt
163. MHZ 0 5 dB 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 180 MHz 1 dB 1 dB A R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 180 MHz 1 dB B R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 180 MHz 1 dB B R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 180 MHz 1 dB C 20 Performance Test Record for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB E5100A Input Impedance 1 MQ A R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB 3 dB A R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB 3 dB B R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB 3 dB B R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB 3 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 21 14 Phase Frequency Response Test E5100A Input Impedance 50 Q A R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Te
164. N Key Strokes Guess IF BW 0 x 1 MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB A 0 dB B O dB MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MEAS A R FORMAT LOG MAG Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 Meas Format MEAS B R FORMAT LDG MAG Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON Set the E5100A s start frequency stop frequency number of points and source power as follows Control Settings Start Frequency 10 kHz 3 26 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 Key Strokes Start 10 x k 10 11 12 13 Stop Frequency 99 4 kHz Stop 094 x k Number of Points 15 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 15 x 1 Source Power 0 dBm Sweep POWER 0 x 1 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX Move the Channel 2 marker to the maximum value B R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH2 SEARCH MAX Repeat steps 4 and 7 three more times and record each maximum value on the calculation sheet Use the equation given on the calcu
165. NC m BNC m Cable 122 em Agilent P N 8120 1840 2 ea 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 Procedure 1 Set up the test configuration shown in Figure 2 8 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm TO FREQ REFERENCE OUT TO EXT REF INPUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER on the Rear Panel odio E5100A B HH Ic og 000 O Z 50 ohm Termination N m BNC f Hu Adapter No Connection if Opt 001 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm C7902021 Figure 2 3 Non Harmonic Spurious Test Setup 2 6 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Note Harmonics Test Non Harmonic Spurious Test and Phase Noise Test use the i same test setup Y 2 Set up the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Preset Source Power 4 dBm Opt 001 without Opt 010 10 dBm Opt 002 without Opt 010 7 dBm Opt 003 without Opt 010 6 dBm Opt 001 with Opt 010 0 dBm Opt 002 with Opt 010 3 dBm Opt 003 with Opt 010 0 dBm Opt 600 Span Frequency 0 Hz 9 Set the spectrum analyzer as follows Video Bandwidth Reference Level Key Strokes Sweep POWER 4 x 1 Sweep POWER
166. Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 8 Set the E5100A B center frequency as follows and record the power meter reading in the calculation sheet for each setting E5100A B Center Frequency 10 kHz 50 kHz 100 kHz 9 Use the equation given on the Calculation sheet to calculate the test results flatness and transcribe the test results to the FLATNESS column in the performance test record Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 13 6 Source Power Linearity Test This test measures the E5100A B signal source power level at several points to verify linearity Specification Power Lineality at 2345 C relative to O dBm output level at 50 MHz without Opt 010 ehe eh eee eee ehe e ee hehe 1 dB with Opt 010 or 600 EON 1 5 dB max power level 70 dB lt power level lt max power level 60 dB EE 1 dB max power level 60 dB lt power level lt max power level Test Equipment Power Meter 436A Opt 022 487B 438A Power Sensor 2 0 2 00 8481D 80 dB Step Attenuator 8496A G with Opt 001 amp H60 Attenuator Switch Driver 0 117134 if 8496G is used 50 Q Termination BNC type 115934 if without Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter 2 0 0 0 0 02 e en Agilent P N 1250 1476 BNC m BNC m
167. Power 4 dBm Sweep POWER D 4 x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB O dB Repeat the steps 3 through 14 Change the E5100A B control settings for B R Phase Control Settings Key Strokes Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 67 Active Channel CH2 Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 Measurement B R MEAS B R Format PHASE FORMAT MORE PHASE Trigger Mode Continuous Trigger CONTINUOUS 20 Repeat steps 3 through 18 21 Change the E5100A B control settings for A B Phase Control Settings Key Strokes Active Channel CH2 Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 Measurement A B MEAS A B Format PHASE FORMAT MORE PHASE Trigger Mode Continuous Trigger CONTINUOUS 22 Repeat steps 3 through 18 23 Repeat steps 1 through 22 for BAR Opt 300 400 24 Repeat steps 1 through 22 for C R Opt 400 25 Repeat steps 1 through 22 for B C Opt 400 2 68 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 1 Frequency Accuracy Test This test verifies the E5100A s internal synthesizer frequency accuracy at its highest frequency with an external frequency counter Specification Frequency Range 22 22 10 kHz to 180 MHz 50 kHz to 180 MHz with Opt 510 Frequency Accuracy 20 ppm at 2345 C with
168. R Meas Format MEAS A R Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Channel 2 Measurement A R Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS A R Format Phase FORMAT MORE PHASE Dual Channel ON Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Coupled Channel ON Sweep COUPLED CH on OFF turn it ON Start 3 MHz Stat E x M Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 45 Stop 50 001 MHz Stop 50 001 x M NOP 2 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 2 x 1 IF BW 10 Hz IF BW 10 x 1 RETURN Power 4 dBm POWER 74 x Input R Attenuator 0 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB A O dB Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Perform the following key strokes to set up markers ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS COUPLED MARKERS DESCRETE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS DESCRETE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB 8 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement 10 11 SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB 3 46 Performa
169. Right Lower Opt 600 Right Lower Board Configuration 15 5 Cable Connection The cable connection to the A24 board depends on the option which is installed in the unit CTS12002 Figure 15 4 A24 Connector Location 15 6 Board Configuration Table 15 5 A24 Cable Connection 1 A24 Connector E5100A B J1 J15 J3 Opt 001 Not used Not used To RF OUT 1 without Opt 010 front assembly Opt 002 To RF OUT 1 To RF OUT 2 Not used without Opt 010 front assembly front assembly Opt 003 Not used Not used To A28 without Opt 010 Opt 010 Not used Not used To A25 or Opt 600 1 The RF cable for those connection has a ferrite core on one end The connector which is closed to the ferrite core should be connected to the connector on the A24 Board Table 15 6 A24 Cable Connection 2 A24 Connector E5100A B J16 J7 J8 J13 J12 J6 J5 Opt 100 To To To Not To Not Not A27J3 A27J4 A27J5 used A26A used used Opt 200 To To To Not To To Not A27J3 A27J4 A27J5 used A26A A26R used Opt 300 To To To Not To To To A27J3 A27J4 A27J5 used A26A A26R A26B Opt 400 To To To To To To To A27J3 A27J4 A27J5 A26C A26A A26R A26B Board Configuration 15 7 A25 Board Configuration Opt 010 600 Jumper Settings The locations and settings of jumpers A25J5 A25J9 and switch A25SW1 are shown in Table 15 7 The settings depends the option which
170. SE Dual Channel ON MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON 2 48 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 10 11 Coupled Channel ON Swesp COUPLED CH on OFF turn it ON Start 3 MHz Stat 3 x M Stop 50 001 MHz Stop 50 001 x M NOP 2 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 2 x 1 IF BW 10 Hz IF BW 10 x 1 RETURN Power 11 dBm POWER 11 x Input R Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB A 95 dB Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration Cal ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Perform the following key strokes to set up markers Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS COUPLED MARKERS DESCRETE Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS DESCRETE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 49 High Level Test 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 21 E5100A B
171. STD 28480 E5100 66543 E5100 66545 0 1 8 BIT DIGITAL I O MODE A 28480 E5100 66545 Opt 005 E5100 66544 9 1 24 BIT DIGITAL I O MODE B 28480 E5100 66544 Opt 006 E5100 66546 1 1 PHOTO ISOLATE DIGITAL I O 28480 E5100 66546 Opt 007 3 0515 1550 O 4 SCR M3 L 8 P H 28480 0515 1550 4 1251 5436 O 1 SCRLKF 28480 1251 5436 5 7120 0386 8 1 NAME PLATE Opt 006 28480 7120 0386 5182 0431 2 1 LABEL Opt 007 28480 5182 0431 13 66 Theory of Operation Rear Assemblies C7S13023 Figure 13 53 Rear Board Flat Cable 1 2 Table 13 57 Rear Board Flat Cable 1 2 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 61660 0 1 FLAT CBL ASSY 28480 E5100 61660 2 1400 1334 6 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1334 Theory of Operation 13 67 Rear Assemblies C7S13032 Figure 13 54 Rear Board Flat Cable 2 2 Table 13 58 Rear Board Flat Cable 2 2 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 64902 9 1 REAR ASSY 28480 E5100 64902 2 1400 0611 0 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 0611 3 04396 61662 9 1 CA ASSY FLAT 40 28480 04396 61662 13 68 Theory of Operation Rear Assemblies C7513034 Figure 13 55 Rear Assembly Table 13 59 Rear Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 0515 2079 0
172. T 1 to A28J2 1 See Figure 13 38 5 RF OUT 1 to A25J8 1 See Figure 13 14 Table 13 18 RF Cable for RF OUT 2 Ref Agilent Part C Qty For Option Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Installed Not Installed Code Number 4 E5100 61606 4 1 1002 010 28480 E5100 61606 E5100 61620 2 1 002 010 28480 E5100 61620 E5100 61625 7 1 1003 28480 E5100 61625 E5100 61606 4 1 1600 28480 E5100 61606 1 RF OUT 2 to A24J15 2 See Figure 13 12 2 RF OUT 2 to A25J4 2 See Figure 13 14 3 RF OUT 2 to A28J3 2 See Figure 13 38 4 RF OUT 2 to A25J7 2 See Figure 13 14 Theory of Operation 13 31 Front Assemblies C7513040 Figure 13 20 RF OUT Cable Clamps Opt 010 or 600 Table 13 19 RF OUT Cable Clamps Opt 010 or 600 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 14001334 6 2 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1334 1 If Option 010 or 600 is installed use those cable clamps 13 32 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies Red Yellow Br wn Orange C7513002 Figure 13 21 Input Port and Probe Power Connector Assemblies Table 13 20 Input Port Connectors Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 1250 0252 6 1 CONNECTOR RF BNC 28480 1250 0252 2190 0102 8 1 WSHR LK INTLT BNC 28480 2190 0102 2950 0035 8
173. WER 4 x 1 Input R Attenuator O dB for Input R test System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB for Input A test System MORE ATTENUATOR A O dB Input B Attenuator 0 dB for Input B test System MORE ATTENUATOR B O dB Set the E5100A s center frequency according to the following table Then record the readings mean of the power meter and the E5100A s readings in the calculation sheet Table 3 13 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup E5100A Center Freq 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz Replace the power sensor 8481D with the 8482A and calibrate the power meter for the power sensor Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Source Power 1 dBm Sweep POWER 1 x Input R Attenuator 25 dB for Input R test System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB for Input A test System MORE ATTENUATOR A 25 dB Input B Attenuator 25 dB for Input B test System MORE ATTENUATOR B 25 dB Remove the 20 dB attenuator connected to the power splitter s input port and reconnect the N m BNC f adapter and BNC m BNC m cable without the attenuator Set the E5100A s center frequency according to the following table Then record the readings of the power meter and the E5100A s readings mean in the calculation sheet Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 33 19 20 21 22 23 24 Table 3 14 Absolute Amplitude
174. a 7 8 Lo c 82 QQ O c uoo 7 B QQ 6 5 B QA A 7 NS QA S B G G S B Trace Max dB dB dB dB Test Result a b c d 4 dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB Measurement B into C CintoR Frequency 10 KHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 kHz 200 KHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 KHz 100 kHz to 200 KHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz aa c 9 oct Ba 7 Ba S Y A S Y Q A 7 Y Ba Fe BOF S Trace Max dB dB dB dB Test Result atbrctd 4 dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB Calculation Sheet A17 Measurement C into A C into B A18 Calculation Sheet Frequency 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 KHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz 10 kHz to 100 kHz 100 kHz to 200 KHz 200 kHz to 180 MHz 200 kHz to 300 MHz a a 7 8 Lo c 82 QQ O c uoo 7 B QQ 6 5 B QA A 7 NS QA S B G G S B Trace Max dB dB dB dB Test Result a b c d 4 dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB 11 Absolute Ampli
175. aa a 8 5 1 Check the Power On Sequence due ue A 8 5 Check the Al LEDs DSI DS2 and DS3 ee 8 5 2 Check Error Messages 4 4 4 4 8 7 Check the Internal Tests e 8 7 List of Internal Tests No 10 No 98 lll 8 15 3 Check the Al ICs 8 16 Al DRAM Test 8 16 Al Instruction Flash Memory Test llle 8 17 Al Peripheral IC 1 Test 8 18 Al SRAM Test 8 19 Al Storage Flash Memory Test e 8 19 Al Peripheral IC 2 Test 2 2 a a a a 8 20 4 Check the A43 44 45 46 I O Port lll llle 8 21 Source Group Troubleshooting Introduction a a a a a 9 1 Source Group Troubleshooting Summary 2 2 2 2 9 2 Start Here ooa aa a 9 2 Check A27 Synthesizer Outputs 9 2 Check A50 High Stability Oscillator Option 1D5 9 2 Start ere oa a a a 9 3 Check A27 Synthesizer Output 9 6 1 Check the INT REF Signal a 9 6 2 Check the EXT REF Operation o 9 8 Check the A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 9 9 Receiver Group Troubleshooting Introduction 2 4 ll 4 4 4 4 44 a 10 1 Receiver Group Troubleshooting Summary 10 2 Start Here ooa aa a 10 2 Start ere 10 3 Accessories Troubleshooting Introduction 2 4 44 444444 a 11 1 Verify Operations 4 4l 4 A 11 2 Using 75 Q
176. alculation sheet 3 4 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 Table 3 1 Harmonics Test Setup E5100A Spectrum Analyzer Center Frequency Center Span RBW 10 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 20 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 30 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 100 kHz 100 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 200 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 300 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 2 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 3 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 20 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 30 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 100 MHz 100 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 200 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 300 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 180 MHz 180 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 360 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 540 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 1 E5100A with Option 510 does not require the harmomics test at this frequency 5 Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results and transcribe the test results to the performance test record Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 5 3 Non Harmonic Spurious Test Non Harmonic Spurious Test is only for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 An E5100A with Option 118 218 318 618 does not require this test 4 Phase Noise Test This test measures the E5100A signal source Phase Noise broadering the carrier spectrum Specification Phase Noise 90 dBc Hz at 10 KHz offset from 0 dBm fundamental Test Equipment Spectrum Analyzer 8566A 66B 68A 68B N m BNC f Adapter
177. alculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH3 SEARCH MAX Repeat steps 10 and 13 three more times and record each maximum value on the calculation sheet Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage value and record the data in the performance test record Change the E5100A s start frequency stop frequency number of points and source power as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Start Frequency 200 2 kHz Start 200 2 x k Stop Frequency 300 MHz Stop 800 x M Number of Points 201 Swesp NUMBER of POINTS 201 x 1 Source Power 5 dBm Sweep POWER 5 x 1 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 31 17 Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX 18 Move the Channel 2 marker to the maximum value B R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH2 SEARCH MAX 19 If Option 400 is installed move the Channel 3 marker to the maximum value C R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH3 SEARCH MAX 20 Repeat steps 16 and 19 three more times an
178. alculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 45 High Level Test 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 18 E5100A B BO D000 sa ona 2200 re es D 2R A _B PPE R O 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E J COB a A N N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter a N m BNC f Adapter No Attenuator No Attenuator d Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02023 Figure 2 18 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 002 2 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 3 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration Cal ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE 4 Set the step attenuator to 20 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE 6 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation s
179. analyzer has 69 built in internal self tests These tests are completely internal and self evaluating They do not require external connections or user interaction The analyzer performs the power on self test every time the power on sequence occurs when the analyzer is turned on These tests are used to test verify and troubleshoot the analyzer The power on self test consists of internal tests 13 through 23 26 27 30 through 57 61 through 67 71 through 77 81 thorugh 83 85 through 87 89 96 and 98 They are executed in the listed order If any of the tests fail that test displays a 330 Self test failed No xx message at the end of the power on sequence Service Key Menus 12 3 BOOTLOADER MENU To display the bootloader menu turning the analyzer on with pressing Preset and 0 The Bootloader menu is used to install the firmware into the analyzer using a firmware diskette and the built in FDD FIRMWARE UPDATE OK Allows you to install and update the firmware in the analyzer After pressing FIRMWARE UPDATE softkey OK softky appear on the display Before pressing the OK softkey insert the firmware diskette into the FDD on the front panel Then press this softkey to install the firmware from the diskette to the analyzer The detailed procedure is provided in the Firmware Installation in the Post Repair Procedures chapter FIRWARE UPDATE FIRMWARE VERSION Displays the revision information of the firmware stored in t
180. ard you need to make required configuration i for the new board See Board Configuration chapter Y A24 A25 A26 R through C A27 Board Removal Tools Required m Pozidriv screwdriver pt size 1 small Open end wrench 15 64 inch 6 mm Procedure 1 Remove the outer cover as described in Outer Cover Removal 2 Remove the shielding plate covering the boards 3 Disconnect RF cables 4 Lift the extractors at the top corners of the board and lift it out Note When you replace the A24 Source or A25 RF Amplifier you need to make i required configuration for the new board See Board Configuration chapter Y 14 2 Replacement Procedures Front Panel Removal Tools Required m Pozidriv screwdriver pt size 2 medium m Flat edge screwdriver Procedure 1 2 Remove the outer cover as described in Outer Cover Removal Remove the three screws which fasten the front panel to the frame from both sides of the front frame Gradually press the front panel assembly from the inside towards the front and remove the front panel Disconnect the flatcable from the A20 board A40 Keyboard Removal Tools Required m Pozidriv screwdrivers pt size 1 small m Hex key 0 063 inch across flats Procedure 1 Remove the front panel as described in Front Panel Removal 2 Loosen the two hex set screws in the front panel rotary knob and pull the knob off 3 Remove the fou
181. art C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 0515 1550 o 2 SCR M3 L8 P H 28480 0515 1550 13 50 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies C7 13031 Figure 13 37 Line Switch Assembly Table 13 41 Line Switch Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 01202 0 1 ANGLE SW 28480 E5100 01202 2 E5100 61631 5 1 WIRE ASSY PRM 28480 E5100 61631 3 0515 0999 9 2 M2 5X0 45 L 6 FL 28480 0515 0999 4 0515 1719 3 2 SCR M4X10 28480 0515 1719 Theory of Operation 13 51 Front Assemblies i mmm C7913035 Figure 13 38 A28 Source Switch Board Opt 003 Table 13 42 A28 Source Switch Board Opt 003 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 66528 9 1 A28 SOURCE SW BOARD 28480 E5100 66528 2 0515 1550 0 4 SCR M3 L 8 P H 28480 05150 1550 3 E5100 61639 3 1 WIRE ASSY 1M SW 28480 E5100 61639 4 1400 1334 6 1 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1334 5 E5100 61618 8 1 RFCBL ASSY S 28480 E5100 61618 1 A28J1 to A24J3 S or A25J2 5 If Option 010 is not installed the cable should be drawn into A24 slot 13 52 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies oy C7S13036 Figur
182. ation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results and transcribe the test results to the performance test record Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 15 7 Receiver Noise Level Test This test measures the E5100A s Receiver Noise Level Noise Floor Specification at magnitude measurement 23 5 C RF attenuator O dB 50 Q input E5100A IF BW 30 KHz 100 dBm 1 MHz lt Freq lt 180 MHz IF BW 10 KHz 105 dBm 300 kHz Freq lt 180 MHz IF BW 3 KHZ 110 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq lt 180 MHz IF BW 1 KHZ 115 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq lt 180 MHz 95 dBm 30 kHz lt Freq lt 100 kHz IF BW 300 Hz 120 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq lt 180 MHz 100 dBm 10 kHz lt Freq 100 kHz IF BW 100 Hz 125 dBm 100 kHz lt Freq lt 180 MHz 105 dBm 10 kHz Freq 100 kHz Test Equipment 50 Q Termination N type 909C Opt 012 1 ea Opt 102 2 ea Opt 302 50 Q Termination BNC type 0 11593A 4 ea max Procedure 1 Connect each 50 Q termination to each input as shown in Figure 3 6 E5100A B 0000 n DO 00
183. bable faulty board Replace the A26A Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 5V internal dc bus node of the A26A Receiver The A26A Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26A Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 9 Table 8 4 Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure continued Test No Failed Test Troubleshooting Information 46 47 48 51 52 53 54 55 56 A26A DCBUS 12VA A26A DCBUS 12VB A26A DCBUS ADC REF VOLT A26R DCBUS 12VA A26R DCBUS 12VB A26R DCBUS 5VA A26R DCBUS 5VB A26R DCBUS 5V A26R DCBUS 12VA Voltage test fails at 12V internal dc bus node 12VA of the A26A Receiver The A26A Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26A Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 12V internal dc bus node 12VB of the A26A Receiver The A26A Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26A Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node ADC REF VOLT of the A26A Receiver The A26A Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26A Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 12V internal dc bus node 12VA of the A26R Receiver The A26R Receiver is a probable faul
184. bleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node VCO 300MHZ CNTL of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter 8 14 Digital Control Troubleshooting List of Internal Tests No 10 No 98 ALL INTERNAL TESTS POWER ON INTERNAL TESTS 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 81 82 A27 A24 A25 A26 A28 29 50 SOURCE PORT ID A24 A24 A24 A24 A24 A24 A24 A24 A24 A24 A24 ID ID ID ID DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS DCBUS 11 6V 5VA 9V VNR VOLT1 VNR VOLT2 VNR VOLT3 CONST VOLT DAC VOLT1 DAC VOLT2 DAC VOLT3 1ST LOCAL A25 DCBUS A26A DCBUS A26A DCBUS A26A DCBUS A26A DCBUS A26A DCBUS A26A DCBUS A26A DCBUS 15V 5VA 5VB 5V A26R DCBUS A26R DCBUS A26R DCBUS A26R DCBUS A26R DCBUS A26R DCBUS A26R DCBUS 5VA 5VB 5V A26B DCBUS A26B DCBUS A26B DCBUS A26B DCBUS A26B DCBUS A26B DCBUS A26B DCBUS 5VA 5VB 5V A26C DCBUS A26C DCBUS A26C DCBUS A26C DCBUS A26C DCBUS A26C DCBUS A26C DCBUS 5VA 5VB 5V A27 DCBUS 13V A27 DCBUS 5V 12VA 12VB 12VA 12VB A26A DCBUS ADC REF VOLT 12VA 12VB 12VA 12VB A26R DCBUS ADC REF VOLT 12VA 1
185. bly 1 6 Including Power Supply PS 30W 13 42 Color LCD Assembly 2 6 4 s 4 4 4 4s 13 43 Color LCD Assembly 3 6 a e s 13 44 Color LCD Assembly 4 6 lll 4n 13 45 Color LCD Assembly 5 6 a e s 13 46 Color LCD Assembly 6 6 a a a 13 47 Monochrome Color LCD Assembly 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 2 5 5 2 4 13 48 Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 1 2 a 13 49 Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 2 2 e 13 50 Line Switch Assembly 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 25 252 5 5 5 45 13 51 A28 Source Switch Board Opt 003 13 52 A29 500 1M9 Switch Opt 101 301 A 13 53 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 0 13 54 Front Panel Assembly 13 55 500 1MQ Label Opt 101 801 llle 13 56 EXT REFANT REF Connectors 4 4 s 13 57 REF OVEN Connector 4 4 4 2 13 58 EXT PROG RUN CONT Connector 4 0 4 2 13 59 Rear RF Cables a 13 60 Fan Assembly 13 61 GPIB Printer Port and AC Inlet a a a a a 4 13 62 Ac Inlet Assembly a 13 63 External Display KeyBoard L P 13 64 I O Blank Pannel 4 2 ls 4 A 13 65 Digital VO Assembly 13 66 Rear Board Flat Cable 1 2 2 13 67 Rear Board Flat Cable 2 2 4 e 13 68 Rear Assembly 13 69 Front Frame Assembly l l ll A 13
186. ccuracy Test ue eue ee 2 42 Specification 2 eee nd de eu ee 2 42 Test Equipment due de ee 2 43 Procedure 2 2 43 For Option 200 300 400 with Option 002 2 43 Low Level Test 0 2 43 High Level Test 4 4 4 e e A 2 46 For Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 001 Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 and Opt 010 and Opt 600 2l ll a 2 48 Low Level Test 2 252 2 2 2525 2252 5 2252522D2522 5 5 2 48 High Level Test 4 4 4 e e A 2 50 For Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 2 52 Low Level Test 0 2 52 High Level Testi 2 54 For Option 100 4 2 56 Low Level Test A 2 56 High Level Test e ee 2 58 13 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test D 2 60 Specification 4 4 2 ll 4 4 4 4 44 eee ee 2 60 Test Equipment 4 4 44e s 2 60 Procedure ML Cc 2 60 Input Impedance 500 Ce 2 60 Input Impedance 1MQ Opt 101 801 duree ue ee 2 63 14 Phase Frequency Response Test MM see 2 65 Specification ee Ce eu 2 65 Test Equipment due de ee 2 65 Procedure 4 444444 4 ee ee ee s 2 65 3 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 1 Frequency Accuracy Test 2 2 a a a 3 1 Spec
187. ceiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 5V internal de bus node 5VA of the A26C Receiver The A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26C Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 5V internal de bus node 5VB of the A26C Receiver The A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26C Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 5V internal de bus node of the A26C Receiver The A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26C Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal dc bus node 12VA of the A26C Receiver The A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26C Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal dc bus node 12VB of the A26C Receiver The A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26C Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node ADC REF VOLT of the A26C Receiver The A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26C Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter 8 12 Digital Control Troubleshooting Table 8 4 Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure continued Test No Failed Test Troubleshooting In
188. curacy Flatness Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Power Supply None None Frequency Range and Accuracy 31W Source Level Accuracy Flatness Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response A50 None None Frequency Range and Accuracy High Stability OSC 16 4 Post Repair Procedures Calculation Sheet Introduction This chapter contains calculation sheets for each performance test that requires additional calculations to determine the final test result Use the calculation sheet in this chapter as an aid for recording raw measurement data and calculating the performance test results Calculation sheet entries are provided only for performance tests in which calculations are required to obtain the test results Calculation Sheet A 1 2 Harmonics Test E5100A B Center Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 200 MHz 300 MHz 1 E5100A with option 510 does not require the harmomics test at this frequency A2 Calculation Sheet Spectrum Analyzer Spectrum Analyzer Frequency 10 kHz 20 kHz 30 kHz 100 kHz 200 kHz 300 kHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 3 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz 30 MHz 100 MHz 200 MHz 300 MHz 180 MHz 360 MHz 540 MHz 200 MHz 400 MHz 600 MHz 300 MHz 600 MHz 900 MHz o B E DD SES oa Sos Reading dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Test Result b a dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe
189. d Replace the A26B Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 65 A26B DCBUS 5V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26B Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 66 A26B DCBUS 12VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26B Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 67 A26B DCBUS 12VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26B Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 68 A26B DCBUS ADC REF VOLT If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26B Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 71 A26C DCBUS 12VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26C Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 72 A26C DCBUS 12VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26C 10 4 Receiver Group Troubleshooting 29 30 31 32 33 34 Press 73 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 73 A26C DCBUS 5VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26C Press 74 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 74 A26C DCBUS 5VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26C
190. d record each maximum value on the calculation sheet Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage value and record the data in the performance test record 21 Change the connection as shown in Figure 2 11 E5100A ssjesss n OC U 0000 D0 5000 BO ES L E 00 12R A B C a pp q UTI 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm C7S02016 Figure 2 11 into R B C Input Crosstalk Test Setup 22 Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R A B A and C A in accordance with the test setup listed in Table 2 11 23 Change the connection as shown in Figure 2 12 2 32 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 E5100A 88 0000 88 0000 0000 D0 5000 oo Ecs ee 1 2 R TEU UTI DODU ES g 50 ohm Termination 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm C7802009 Figure 2 12 B into R A C Input Crosstalk Test Setup 24 Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R B A B and C B in accordance with the test setup listed in Table 2 11 25 Change the connection as shown in Figure 2 1
191. dBm 95 dBm 5 dBm 5 dBm Calculation Sheet A 25 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Agilent Technologies E5100A B Network Analyzer Date Temperature Humidity Serial No Tested by 1 Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Without Option 1D5 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 300 MHz 299 994 MHz 300 006 MHz With Option 1D5 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 300 MHz 299 9997 MHz 300 0003 MHz Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 1 2 Harmonics Test Option 001 002 003 without Option 010 Frequency Harmonics Test Result Frequency 10 kHz 20 kHz dBe 30 kHz dBe 100 kHz 200 kHz dBe 300 KHZ dBe 1 MHz 2 MHz dBc 3 MHz dBe 10 MHz 20 MHz dBe 30 MHZ dBe 100 MHz 200MHz dBc 300 MHZ dBc 200MHz 400MHz dBe 600MHz dBc 300 MHz 600 MHz dBc 900MHz dBc Test Limit NA AA A AA AA A A A A lt 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 35 dBc 1 E5100A with option 510 does not require the harmomics test at this frequency B 2 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Option 010 or Option 600 Frequency Harmonics Test Result Test Limit Frequency 10 kHz 20 kHz dBe 20 dBe 30 kHz dBe lt 20 dBc 100 kHz
192. dBm at 50 MHz B 6 Option 001 002 without Option 010 2 2 B 6 Option 008 without Option 0010 l l B 6 Option 010 or Option 600 B 7 6 Source Power Linearity Test l l l l lll B 8 Option 001 without Option 010 B 8 Option 002 without Option 010 A B 8 Option 001 with Option 010 llle B 8 Option 002 with Option 010 llle B 9 Option 003 without Option 010 2 A B 9 Option 008 with Option 010 Option 600 0 2 022220228 B 9 7 Receiver Noise Level Test a a a a a a B 10 E5100A oaa B 10 At IF BW 100 Hz 2 4 440 000 B 10 At IF BW 300 Hz B 10 AtIFBWIKkKHEZ a B 10 At IF BW 3 KHZ 44444 a a B 10 At IF BW 10 kHz 2 B 10 AtIFBW30kHz e B 11 E5100B 2 B 12 AtIFBWIKkKHEZ e lees aos B 12 At IF BW 3 KHZ 2 B 12 At IF BW 10 kHz 2 B 12 At IF BW 30 kHz 444400 a a B 12 8 Trace Noise Test B 13 9 Residual Response Test B 15 Input R o a B 15 Input 2 B 16 Mp BB B 16 Input C 44444444 ee ee ee n B 17 10 Input Crosstalk Test B 18 E5100A oaa B 18 E5100B 2 B 19 11 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test e B 20 Input R Attenuator 0 dB B 20 Input R Attenuator 25 dB B 20 Input A Attenuator OdB a
193. dapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02033 Figure 3 24 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 118 9 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 10 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE 11 Set the step attenuator to 10 dB 12 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 13 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 14 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 15 Repeat the low level test and high level test for B R measurement 3 52 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 13 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test This test checks the magnitude ratio accuracy for each pair of inputs by measuring the peak to peak variation of the ratioed trace Specification at 23 5 C 30 dBm input level for RF attenuator 0 dB or 5 dBm input level for RF attenuator 25 dB the same RF attenuator setting for both inputs 50 Q input m E5100A 10 kHz freq lt LOO KHz 1 dB 100 kHz lt freq lt 100 MHZ n nent n neces 0 5 dB 100 MHz lt freq lt 180 MHz 1 dB 1 M9 input for Opt 101 or 3
194. e A27 Press 95 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 95 A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ CNTL If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 96 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 96 A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 97 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 97 A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ INTG If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 Press 98 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 98 A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ CNTL If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board Replace the A27 If all the tests listed above pass and you still believe that the problem is in the source group verify the outputs of each assembly in the source group The procedures to do this are provided in the following sections Source Group Troubleshooting 9 5 Check A27 Synthesizer Output One of the output signals from the A27 Synthesizer is INT REF signal on the rear panel The input signal to A27 is the external reference signal from the EXT REF connector If the output signal and the E5100A B operation using the EXT REF input signal are good A27 is probably good Perform the following procedures sequentially to verify all the signals listed above and to verify the E5100A B operation when the EXT REF signal is used
195. e http www agilent com find tmdir You can also contact one of the following centers and ask for a test and measurement sales representative 11 29 99 United States fax 61 3 9272 0749 Agilent Technologies tel 0 800 738 378 New Zealand Test and Measurement Call Center fax 64 4 802 6881 P O Box 4026 Englewood CO 80155 4026 Asia Pacific tel 1 800 452 4844 Agilent Technologies 24 F Cityplaza One 1111 King s Road Canada Taikoo Shing Hong Kong Agilent Technologies Canada Inc tel 852 3197 7777 5150 Spectrum Way fax 852 2506 9284 Mississauga Ontario LAW 5GI tel 1 877 894 4414 Europe Agilent Technologies Test amp Measurement European Marketing Organization P O Box 999 1180 AZ Amstelveen The Netherlands tel 31 20 547 9999 Japan Agilent Technologies Japan Ltd Call Center 9 1 Takakura Cho Hachioji Shi Tokyo 192 8510 Japan tel 81 426 56 7832 fax 81 426 56 7840 Latin America Agilent Technologies Latin American Region Headquarters 5200 Blue Lagoon Drive Suite 4950 Miami Florida 33126 U S A tel 305 267 4245 fax 305 267 4286 Australia New Zealand Agilent Technologies Australia Pty Ltd 347 Burwood Highway Forest Hill Victoria 3131 tel 1 800 629 485 Australia
196. e 13 39 A29 509 1M9 Switch Opt 101 301 Table 13 43 A29 500 1M0 Switch Opt 101 301 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 66529 O 1 HIGH IMP INPUT 28480 E5100 66529 2 0515 1550 0 4 SCR M3 L8 P H 28480 0515 1550 3 E5100 61639 3 1 WIRE ASSY 1M SW 28480 E5100 61639 4 E5100 61628 0 1 RF CBL ASSY 28480 E5100 61628 5 E5100 61629 1 1 RFCBL ASSY 28480 E5100 61629 1 A29J1 to A26AJ2 See Figure 13 15 2 A29J4 to A26BJ2 See Figure 13 15 Theory of Operation 13 53 Front Assemblies ST 8 C7513037 Figure 13 40 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 Table 13 44 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 Ref Agilent Part c Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 66550 7 1 10MHZOVENBD 28480 E5100 66550 2 0515 1550 0 4 SCR M3 L 8 P H 28480 0515 1550 3 E5100 61638 2 1 WIRE ASSY OVEN 28480 E5100 61638 1 A50J2 to A20J21 13 54 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies C7S13053 Figure 13 41 Front Panel Assembly Table 13 45 Front Panel Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 04191 08000 O 1 SPRING 28480 04191 08000 2 E5100 00201 7 1 PANEL FRONT E5100A 28480 E5100 00201 E5100 00211 9 1 PANEL FRONT E5100
197. e equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results and transcribe the test results to the performance test record 2 8 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 4 Phase Noise Test This test measures the E5100A B signal source Phase Noise broadering the carrier spectrum Specification Phase Noise 90 dBc Hz at 10 KHz offset from 0 dBm fundamental Test Equipment Spectrum Analyzer o 8566A 66B 68A 68B N m BNC f Adapter 2 Agilent P N 1250 1476 BNC m BNC m Cable 122 em Agilent P N 8120 1840 2 ea 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 Procedure 1 Set up the test configuration as shown in Figure 2 4 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm TO FREQ REFERENCE OUT TO EXT REF INPUT on the Rear Panel SPECTRUM ANALYZER O joo E5100A B E paa o0 El It og 198 6 C o PRE Z 50 ohm Termination N m BNC f Hu Adapter BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm No Connection if Opt 001 C7902021 Figure 2 4 Phase Noise Test Setup Note Harmonics Test Non Harmonic Spurious Te
198. ecord each standard deviation value of the magnitude and phase in the performance test record Table 2 10 Trace Noise Test Setup E5100A B E5100A B Center Freq IF BW 10 kHz 100 Hz 100 kHz 1 kHz 1 MHz 1 kHz 10 MHz 1 kHz 100 MHz 1 kHz 300 MHz 1 kHz Disconnect the cable from Input A and connect it to Input B Change the E5100A B setups as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Input B Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT B 25 dB CH 1 B R LOG MAG Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MEAS Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 23 B R Channel 2 Setup Measurement B R ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS B R 6 Repeat step 3 7 Disconnect the cable from Input B and connect it to Input C 8 Change the E5100A B setups as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Input B Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT C 25 dB CH 1 C R LOG MAG Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MEAS C R Channel 2 Setup Measurement C R Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS C R 9 Repeat step 3 10 Disconnect the cable from Input R and connect it to Input B 11 Change the E5100A B setups as follows Control Settings Key Strokes CH 1 C B LOG MAG Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MEAS MORE C B Channel 2 Setup Measurement C B Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS MORE C B 12 Repeat step 3 2 24 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 2
199. edance 500 A R Measurement Input Attenuator A R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator C R Measurement Input Attenuator C R Measurement Input Attenuator B C Measurement Input Attenuator B C Measurement Input Attenuator C Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 1 Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Without Option 1D5 With Option 1D5 2 Harmonics Test Option 001 002 003 without Option 010 llle Option 010 or Option 618 4 Phase Noise Test 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test Level Accuracy at 50 MHz 0 dBm Contents 10 B 22 Level Flatness relative to 0 dBm at 50 MHz Option 001 002 without Option 010 Option 003 without Option 010 Option 010 or Option 618 6 Source Power Linearity Test Option 001 without Option 010 Option 002 without Option 010 Option 001 with Option 010 Option 002 with Option 010 Option 003 without Option 010 Option 003 with Option 010 Option 618 7 Receiver Noise Level Test E5100A At IF BW 100 Hz At IF BW 300 Hz At IF BW 1 kHz At IF BW 3 kHz At IF BW 10 kHz At IF BW 30 kHz 8 Trace Noise Test Input B E5100A Input R Attenuator Input R Attenuator Input A Attenuator Input A Attenuator Input B Attenuator Input B Attenuator 25 dB 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test A R Measurement Magni
200. eep measurement SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the low level test and high level test for B R measurement 3 44 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 For Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 Low Level Test 1 Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet 2 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 19 E5100A B D D D C 0000 e 0000 D D D C Ro 1 o Y N m BNC m Adapter H Power Splitter P g 50 ohm Termination 20 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm a Ls d N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT 20 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 VSWR 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02028 Figure 3 19 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 3 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Channel 1 Measurement A
201. elect code see the manuals of the BASIC system GPIB cables see the manuals of the BASIC system Programming syntax see the manuals of the BASIC system Check the Parallel Interface Connect an external printer to the analyzer s parallel interface and make a hardcopy of the display Check the mini DIN Keyboard Connector See the Connecting a Keyboard at the Chapter 3 Installation and Setup Guide of E5100A B User s Guide Troubleshooting 5 5 Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting Introduction Use these procedures after you have read the Troubleshooting chapter This chapter provides the Performance Test Failure Troubleshooting This procedure is to determine which group is faulty in the two functional groups source and receiver Descriptions of these groups are provided in the Theory of Operation chapter Use the Performance Test Failure Troubleshooting when any of the performance tests fail This procedure isolates the most probable faulty group Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting 6 1 Performance Tests Failure Troubleshooting Perform the following procedure sequentially when any of performance tests fail Perform Adjustments Table 6 1 gives the recommended adjustments when a performance test fails If a performance test fails you should perform the corresponding adjustments function as shown in Table 6 1 If the tests still fail see Table 6 2 In a few cases other adjustments may bring the tests into specif
202. empirically derived data that is stored in memory and then recalled to refine the E5100A B s measurement and to define its operation The adjustments are as follows VCXO Frequency Calibration Source Correction IF Attenuator Correction Receiver Calibration L L L L Setting Up the System Performing adjustments requires the system described in this section The Hardware Setup is shown in Figure 4 1 Windows NT PERSONAL COMPUTER ATTENUATOR SWITCH DRIVER GPIB Cables oojlaoaao D 00 0000 0000 oOo DO 8 oo jooo Son FREQUENCY COUNTER UO c R B poo 90009 12 o o 6 000 000000 o 00000 D DD 000000 n 0000 o e E5100A B D DD C C7903015 Figure 4 1 Adjustment Hardware Setup 4 4 Adjustments Installing Adjustment Program into Your PC 1 Make a copy of the E5100A B adjustment program named E5100ADJ EXE in a directory of your harddisk drive 2 Double click the filename on the Windows Explorer to start extracting the self extracting archive 3 You will be prompted to enter directory name for installing the program files Click Unzip to use default directory C E5100a_b Confirm the message that you successfully extract the files and clic
203. enuator 25 dB Frequency Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 300 MHz 1 dB C R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 300 MHz 1 dB B C Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 300 MHz 1 dB B C Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 1 dB 100 kHz to 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz to 300 MHz 1 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 29 Test Result Test Result Test Result Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB Maximum Limit 1 dB 0 5 dB 1 dB E5100A Input Impedance 1 MQ A R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB A R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB B R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB B R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB B C Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB B C Measure
204. enus that are accessed through the service menu and the Bootloader menu m The service menu is displayed by pressing System MORE SERVICE MENU m The Bootloader menu is displayed by turning the analyzer power on while pressing Preset and 0 The service key menus allow you to perform the following functions m Select and execute a built in diagnostic test The analyzer has 69 built in diagnostic tests For detailed information see the Tests Menu in this chapter m Display the firmware revision See the Service Menu in this chapter m Install and update the firmware in the analyzer For detailed information see the Bootloader Menu in this chapter Service Key Menus 12 1 Service Menu The service menu is used to select and execute internal tests to test the 24 bit I O and to display the firmware revision information To display the service menu press System MORE SERVICE MENU Each softkey in the service menu is described below INTERNAL TESTS Selects the first internal test 10 ALL INTERNAL TESTS and allows you to enter the test number For more information about the internal tests see the Internal Tests later in this chapter EXECUTE TEST Runs the selected test 24BIT 1 0 TEST Executes 24 bit I O test For more information about the 24 bit I O test see the 24 Bit 1 0 Test later in this chapter FIRMWARE REVISION Displays the current firmware revision information The number and implementation date appear i
205. er N m BNC f Adapter 10dBATT 1 10 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 VSWR 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02032 Figure 3 23 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 118 2 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 9 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE A Set the step attenuator to 20 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 6 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 7 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 8 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 24 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 51 E5100A B 40 Bs 0000 DO ES 0000 D D D C sis 1 SO 2 R a c PEER O E Li 50 ohm Termination for Opt 002 003 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 20 dB ATT 10 dB ATT VSWR lt 1 015 VSWR lt 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f a
206. er frequency and IF BW in accordance with the following table The standard deviation trace value is displayed as a marker statistic s dev in the upper right hand corner of the LCD display of each channel s display Record each standard deviation value of the magnitude and phase in the performance test record Table 3 9 Trace Noise Test Setup E5100A E5100A Center Freq IF BW 10 kHz 100 Hz 100 kHz 1 kHz 1 MHz 1 kHz 10 MHz 1 kHz 100 MHz 1 kHz 180 MHz 1 kHz 4 Disconnect the cable from Input A and connect it to Input B 5 Change the E5100A setups as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Input B Attenuator 25 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT B 25 dB CH 1 B R LOG MAG Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MEAS B R 3 20 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 Channel 2 Setup Measurement B R ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS B R 6 Repeat step 3 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 21 9 Residual Response Test This test measures the E5100A s Residual Response This test measures how effectively the internal oscillator signal s interference is reduced by measuring the amplitude at some known frequencies with its input terminated Specification Residual Response 0 lt 80 dBm except for the following frequency points 50 kHz 100 KHz 95 825 MHz 95 875 MHz 159 791667 MHz 159 825 MHz 159 841667 MHz 159 875 MHz Test Equipment 50 Q Terminati
207. est fails at internal de bus node DAC VOLT2 of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node DAC VOLTS of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node 1ST LOCAL of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 15V internal dc bus node of the A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 The A25 RF Amplifier is a probable faulty board Replace the A25 RF Amplifier See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 12V internal dc bus node 12VA of the A26A Receiver The A26A Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26A Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 12V internal dc bus node 12VB of the A26A Receiver The A26A Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26A Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 5V internal dc bus node 5VA of the A26A Receiver The A26A Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26A Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 5V internal dc bus node 5VB of the A26A Receiver The A26A Receiver is a pro
208. et Power 1 dBm Sweep POWER 1 x 1 IF BW 30 Hz Active Channel CHI Measurement A R Format PHASE IF BW 50 x Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MEAS A R FORMAT MORE PHASE Scale 0 1 dB div Display SCALE MENU SCALE DIV 1 x 1 Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB A 95 dB MULTI Channel ON Statistics ON Input R Attenuator 25 dB 3 Press Display MORE ELECTRICAL DELAY and turn the RPG knob or press UU to vary the electrical delay until the standard deviation value as a marker statistic s dev is minimum as possible 4 Press PHASE OFFSET and enter the mean value as a marker statistic mean 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 6 Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 10 kHz to 100 kHz ACTIVE MARKER 1 x k 2 x k RETURN AMODE MENU AREF MKR AREF 1 RETURN RETURN MARKER SEARCH SEARCH RANGE SEARCH RNG STORE PART SRCH on OFF turn it ON 7 Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key strokes Compare the two values and record the larger one in the performance test record AMODE MENE AMODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX MIN 8 Press Marker AMODE MENU AREF MKR AREF 1 9 Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 100 kHz to 100 MHz
209. ettings Preset Power 1 dBm IF BW 30 Hz Active Channel CHI Measurement A R Format PHASE Key Strokes Preset Sweep POWER 1 x IF BW 0 x 1 Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MEAS A R FORMAT MORE PHASE Scale 0 1 dB div Display SCALE MENU SCALE DIV 1 x 1 Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB 25 dB MULTI Channel ON Statistics ON Input R Attenuator 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB Press Display MORE ELECTRICAL DELAY and turn the RPG knob or press f 1 to vary the electrical delay until the standard deviation value as a marker statistic s dev is minimum as possible Press PHASE OFFSET and enter the mean value as a marker statistic mean Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 10 kHz to 100 kHz Marker ACTIVE MARKER 1 10 x k 2 100 x k RETURN AMODE MENU AREF MKR AREF 1 RETURN RETURN MARKER SEARCH SEARCH RANGE SEARCH RNG STORE PART SRCH on OFF turn it ON Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key strokes Compare the two values and record the larger one in the performance test record Marke AMODE MENE AMODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX MIN Press Marker AMODE MENU AREF MKR AREF 1 Per
210. ext internal test number using ten keys and press x1 EXECUTE TEST f Repeat steps d and e until you complete the last internal test No 98 Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 7 Table 8 4 Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure Test No Failed Test Troubleshooting Information 13 A27 ID Check the A27 Synthesizer is correctly installed 14 A24 ID Check the A24 Source is correctly installed 15 A25 ID Check the A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 is correctly installed 16 A26 ID Check the A26R A B C Receivers are correctly installed 17 A28 29 50 Source Port ID Check the A28 Source Switch Opt 003 A29 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 A24 DCBUS 11 6V A24 DCBUS 5VA A24 DCBUS 9V A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT1 A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT2 A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT3 A24 DCBUS CONST VOLT A24 DCBUS DAC VOLI1 50 1M Q Switch Opt 101 301 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 are correctly installed See Board Configuration Voltage test fails at 11 6V internal dc bus node of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 5V internal dc bus node of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 9V internal de bus node of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty b
211. f Opt 001 C7S02004 ju Termination N m BNC f Adapter a BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Power Sensor Figure 3 5 Source Power Linearity Test 3 Set the step attenuator to 30 dB 4 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Preset Number of Points 201 Center Frequency 50 MHz Span Frequency 0 Hz Source Power 0 dBm 5 Set up the power meter as follows Calibration Factor Resolution Range Display Mode Key Strokes Preset Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 201 x 1 Center 50 x M Span 0 x Sweep POWER 0 x 1 100 0 001 dB AUTO LOG Display Relative Mode Record the power meter s reading value into calculation sheet 7 Set the source power and step attenuator according to the following table and record the power meter s reading value into the calculation sheet 3 12 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 Table 3 3 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 001 without Opt 010 E5100A Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 11 dBm 50 dB 39 dB 5 dBm 40 dB 35 dB 5 dBm 30 dB 35 dB 9 dBm 30 dB 39 dB Table 3 4 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 002 without Opt 010 E5100A Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 5 dBm 40 dB 35 dB 5 dBm 30 dB 35 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 15 dBm 20 dB 35 dB Table 3 5 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 00
212. for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 6 Visually average the two traces imagine a trace directly between the two traces If both traces are not completely visible change the scale as required Press Marker rotate the RPG knob and record the maximum averaged power deviation from 10 KHz to 5 MHz on the performance test record 7 Press Display DEFINE TRACE TRACE DATA 8 Change the connection as shown in Figure 3 28 E5100A lt TI 550 ohm Feedthrough 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm El Power some 20 dB L Attenuator x No Connection if Opt 001 SN N m BNC f Adapter C7S02038 Figure 3 28 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 4 9 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Power 4 dBm Sweep POWER 4 x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB A O dB 10 Repeat the steps 3 through 6 11 Repeat test for B R Opt 318 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 57 14 Phase Frequency Response Test This test checks the phase accuracy for each pair of inputs by measuring the peak to peak variation of the ratioed trace Note An E5100B does not require this test An E5100A
213. form the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 100 kHz to 100 MHz Marke ACTIVE MARKER 1 100 x k 2 100 x M RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH RANGE SEARCH RNG STORE Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key strokes Compare the two values and record the larger one in the performance test record Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 59 AMODE MENU AMODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH MAX MIN ll Press Marker AMODE MENU AREF MKR AREF 1 12 Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 100 MHz to 180 MHz 13 Marker ACTIVE MARKER 1 100 x M 2 180 x M RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH RANGE SEARCH RNG STORE 14 Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key strokes Compare the two values and record the larger one in the performance test record AMODE MENU AMODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX MIN 15 Press Marker AMODE MENU AREF MKR AREF 1 16 Change the connection as shown in Figure 3 80 E5100A 0000 0000 0000 0000 pes Bool li ole 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm El Power some 20 dB L Attenuato x No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7502036 Figure 3 30 Phase
214. formance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 51 For Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 Low Level Test 1 Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet 2 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 23 E5100A B D D D C 0000 e 0000 D D D C Ro 1 o Y N m BNC m Adapter H H Power Splitter P g 50 ohm Termination 20 dB ATT Hi N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT 20 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 VSWR 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02028 Figure 2 23 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 3 Set the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Channel 1 Measurement A R MEAS A R Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Channel 2 Measurement A R ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS A R Format Phase FORMAT MORE PHASE Dual Channel ON MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Coupled Channel ON COUPLED CH on OFF turn it ON Start 3 MHz x M 2 b2 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100
215. formation 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 A27 DCBUS 13V A27 DCBUS 5V A27 DCBUS 12V A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ1 A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ2 A27 FBUS 100KHZ A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ A27 DCBUS VCO 10KHZ INTG A27 DCBUS VCO 10KHZ CNTL Voltage test fails at the 13V internal dc bus node of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 5V internal de bus node of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal dc bus node of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node 40MHZ VCXO ADJ1 of the A27 Synthesizer The A277 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node 40MHZ VCXO ADJ2 of the A27 Synthesizer The A277 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Frequency test fails at the internal frequency bus node 100KHZ of the A27 Synthesizer The A2 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 S
216. g key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the low level test and high level test for B R C R and C B measurement Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 59 13 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test This test checks the magnitude ratio accuracy for each pair of inputs by measuring the peak to peak variation of the ratioed trace Note An E5100B does not require this test An E5100A with Option 100 does not i require this test Y Specification at 23 5 C 30 dBm input level for RF attenuator 0 dB or 5 dBm input level for RF attenuator 25 dB the same RF attenuator setting for both inputs 50 Q input m E5100A 10 kHz freq lt 100 HZ Immer 1 dB 100 kHz lt freq 100 MHz 0 5 dB 100 MHz lt freq lt 300 MHz 1 dB 1 M9 input for Opt 101 or 301 using 50 Q feedthrough 3 dB Test Equipment Power Splitter co 11667 A 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A if without Opt 001 Fixed Attenuator 20 dB
217. g key strokes to set up markers ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS COUPLED MARKERS DESCRETE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS DESCRETE 7 Set the step attenuator to 10 dB 10 11 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 57 High Level Test 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 27 E5100A B 2000 0000 0000 0000 sool5oo R AD oq o C to 50 ohm Termination for Opt 002 003 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT 10 dB ATT VSWR 1 015 VSWR lt 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02032 Figure 2 27 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 100 2 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 3 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss ca
218. g option H60 then contact your nearest Agilent Technologies service center for the required calibration frequency and calibration uncertainty 3 An 8491A Opt 010 fixed attenuator with required low VSWR 1 015 can be purchased by specifying Opt H60 General Information 15 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 1 Frequency Accuracy Test This test verifies the E5100A B s internal synthesizer frequency accuracy at its highest frequency with an external frequency counter Specification Frequency Range 22 22 10 kHz to 300 MHz 50 kHz to 300 MHz with Opt 510 Frequency Accuracy 20 ppm at 2345 C without Opt 1D5 1 ppm at O to 55 C 20 min warm up with Opt 1D5 Test Equipment Frequency Counter 22 5334B Opt 010 030 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em 2 Agilent P N 8120 1839 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 Procedure 1 Connect the BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm from E5100A B RF OUT 1 to the Frequency Counter INPUT C as shown in Figure 2 1 E5100A B espe FREQUENCY COUNTER naar ooo 00090 EE ooclSoc DDD 000000 9 o 00000 00 000000 ooo amp 6 Q pA oooa D DIG G 0
219. gure 4 8 Power Sensor Calibration Setup Adjustments 4 7 E5100A B POWER METER N f BNC m Adapter m LT 50 ohm Termination Power Sensor No Connection if Opt 001 C7903018 Figure 4 4 Source Correction Setup 1 E5100A B N f BNC m i Adapter If Opt 102 Termination 10 dB ATT 30 dB ATT if Opt 010 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm T N m BNC f Adapter E No Connection if Opt 001 C7503019 Figure 4 5 Source Correction Setup 2 4 8 Adjustments 3 IF Attenuator Correction Note An E5100A B with Option 100 does not require updating these correction i constants Y The purpose of this procedure is to calibrate the Input R receiver s absolute measurement accuracy The calibration data in the form of correction constants is then stored in flash memory Required Equipment 80 dB Step Attenuator 8496G with Opt 001 amp H60 Attenuator Switch Driver 11713A Power Splitter 11667A BNC m BNC m Cable 61 cm Agilent P N 8120 1839 4 ea N m BNC f Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1476 5 or 6 ea Procedu
220. hannel 3 Setup if Opt 400 Meas Config C R LOG MAG Statistics ON Dual Channel ON System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 20 dB OdB B O dB C O dB Meas Format NUM of CH 3 Display MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CHI Meas Format MEAS A R FORMAT LOG MAG Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MEAS B R FORMAT LOG MAG UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON ACTIVE CH set to CH3 MEAS C R FORMAT LOG MAG UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON MULTI CH on OFF turn it ON Set the E5100A s start frequency stop frequency number of points and source power as follows Control Settings Start Frequency 10 kHz Stop Frequency 99 4 kHz Number of Points 15 Source Power 0 dBm Key Strokes xk Stop 99 4 x k NUMBER of POINTS x 1 POWER 9 x 1 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX Move the Channel 2 marker to the maximum value B R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet 2 30 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 10 11
221. hat a syntax error appears in a downloaded program The syntax used when parsing the downloaded program is device specific 430 QUERY DEADLOCKED Input buffer and output buffer are full cannot continue 400 QUERT ERROR Query is improper 410 QUERY INTERRUPTED Query is followed by DAB or GET before the response was completed 420 QUERY UNTERMINATED Addressed to talk incomplete program message received 15 RECALL CRC ERROR A serious error for example corrupted data is detected on recalling a file and this forced the analyzer to be PRESET 116 RECALL INVALID OPTION ERROR The recalled file was saved by the other analyzer which is equipped with the diffrerence option 103 SAVE CRC ERROR A serious error for example physically damaged disk surface is detected on saving a file Change the disk 102 SYNTAX ERROR Unrecognized command or data type was received 155 TOO MANY SEGMENTS OR POINTS In list table editor the total of number of points exceeds 801 so that the new segment can not be made Messages 4 113 UNDEFINED HEADER Undefined header or an unrecognized command was received operation not allowed 139 WRONG I O PORT DIRECTION The direction of I O port C or D is opposite Messages 5 REGIONAL SALES AND SUPPORT OFFICES For more information about Agilent Technologies test and measurement products applications services and for a current sales office listing visit our web sit
222. hat the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 24 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 24 A24 DCBUS VNR VOLTI If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 25 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 25 A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT2 If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 26 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 26 A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT3 If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 27 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 27 A24 DCBUS CONST VOLT If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Source Group Troubleshooting 9 3 12 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 94 Press 28 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 28 A24 DCBUS DAC VOLTI If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 29 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 29 A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT2 If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 30 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 30 A24 DCBUS DAC VOLTS If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 31 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 31
223. he firmware diskette as shown below Before pressing this softkey insert a firmware diskette into the FDD on the front panel E5100A B REVN NN MON DD YEAR where N NN Revision Number MON DD YEAR Implementation Date Month Day Year REBOOT Reboots the analyzer If the new firmware is installed the analyzer automatically boots up After pressing the softkey the analyzer performs the normal power on sequence 124 Service Key Menus 13 Theory of Operation Theory of Operation begins with a general description of the operation of an analyzer system This is followed by a more detailed operating theory for the analyzer itself divided into functional groups Each functional group consists of a number of assemblies that combine to perform one of the basic instrument functions These groups are power supplies digital control source and receiver The operation of each group is described briefly to the assembly level only Detailed component level circuit theory is not provided here Simplified block diagrams illustrate the operation of each functional group System Theory network analyzer system consists of a source signal separation devices a power splitter T R test kit etc receivers for measurement and display of test device characteristics Figure 13 1 is a simplified block diagram of the network analyzer system E5100A B Netowk Analyzer POWER SUPPLY RECEIVERS DIGITAL CONTROL DISPLAY L
224. heet 7 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 8 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 19 2 46 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 E5100A B 0000 0000 0000 0000 E ER EEE 3 R 1 Y 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm ed gs N N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT F3 VSWR 1 015 No Attenuator dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02024 9 10 11 12 15 14 15 Figure 2 19 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 002 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record
225. ication The following table lists some typical cases Table 6 1 Recommended Adjustments Performance Test VCXO Freq Calibration IF Attenuator Correction and Source Correction and Receiver Calibration Frequency Accuracy Harmonics Non Harmonic Spurious Phase Noise Source Level Accuracy Flatness Source Power Linearity Receiver Noise Level Trace Noise Residual Response Input Crosstalk Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Dynamic Accuracy Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Phase Frequency Response SO SKK Troubleshoot Suspicious Functional Group Table 6 2 lists the functional groups to suspect first when a performance test fails If a performance test fails you should check the function groups as shown in the table The following table lists some typical cases In a few cases other groups may actually be faulty 6 2 Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting Table 6 2 Functional Group to Suspect When a Performance Test Fails Test Source Receiver Frequency Accuracy Harmonics Non Harmonic Spurious Phase Noise Source Level Accuracy Flatness Source Power Linearity Receiver Noise Level Trace Noise Residual Response Input Crosstalk Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Dynamic Accuracy Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Phase Frequency Response SO SKK Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting 6 3 Power Supply Troubleshooting Introduction Use this procedure only if yo
226. ification 4 eee eee 3 1 Test Equipment Ve A 3 1 Procedure ML UV 3 1 2 Harmonics Test 3 3 Specification a a a a eee ee 3 3 Test Equipment 2 4 4 0 3 3 Procedure 2 a a 4 4 eee 4 0 3 3 3 Non Harmonic Spurious Test 3 6 4 Phase Noise Test 3 6 Specification 44444444 a 3 6 Test Equipment 4 0 3 6 Procedure 444 4 ee ee ee 3 6 5 Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test 3 8 Specification a a a a eee ee 3 8 Test Equipment 4 0 3 8 Procedure 444 4 ee ee ee 3 8 6 Source Power Linearity Test 0 3 11 Contents 2 Specification 0 3 11 Test Equipment 2 a n 3 11 Procedure 4444444444 4 ee eo 3 11 7 Receiver Noise Level Test 0 3 16 Specification a a a a a ee eee ee eee ee ee 3 16 Test Equipment a 3 16 Procedure 2 2 2 4 4444 eee eo 3 16 8 Trace Noise Test 3 19 Specification 44444444 a 3 19 Test Equipment 4 4 4 a 3 19 Procedure 4 444444 ee ee as 3 19 9 Residual Response Test 3 22 Specification a a 4 4 eee ee 3 22 Test Equipment aoao a a 44 4 3 22 Procedure a oa a a a a 3 22 10 Input Crosstalk Test 3 25 Specification a a 4 4 eee ee 3 25 Test Equipment 44 4 3 25 Procedure 2 4 44 4 4 s
227. ing key strokes to set up markers ACTIVE CH set to CH1 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS COUPLED MARKERS DESCRETE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 MKR MODE MENU MARKERS DESCRETE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB 8 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement 10 11 SINGLE Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB 3 38 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 High Level Test 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 14 E5100A B BO D000 sa ona 2200 re es D 2R A _B PPE R O 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Ej Hi A N N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter a N m BNC f Adapter No Attenuator No Attenuator d Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02023 Figure 3 14 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 002 2 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 3 Perform the fo
228. ing to the following table Then record the readings of the digital multimeter and the E5100A s readings in the calculation sheet Table 2 13 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup E5100A Multimeter Center Freq AC Bandwidth 10 kHz lt 2 MHz 100 KHz 2 MHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 5 Set the Digital Multimeter s AC Bandwidth to lt 2 MHz 6 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Source Power 1 dBm Sweep POWER 1 x Input R Attenuator 25 dB for Input R test System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB for Input A test System MORE ATTENUATOR A 25 dB Input B Attenuator 25 dB for Input B test System MORE ATTENUATOR B 25 dB Input C Attenuator 25 dB for Input C test System MORE ATTENUATOR C 25 dB 7 Remove the 20 dB attenuator connected to the power splitter s input port and reconnect the N m BNC f adapter and BNC m BNC m cable without the attenuator 8 Set the E5100A s center frequency according to the following table Then record the readings mean of the digital multimeter and the E5100A s readings in the calculation sheet Table 2 14 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup E5100A Multimeter Center Freq AC Bandwidth 10 kHz lt 2 MHz 100 kHz lt 2 MHz 9 Connect the Power Sensor 8481D to the Power Meter and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power Sensor Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 60
229. into A Input Crosstalk Test Setup 2 Set up IF BW of the E5100B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset IF BW 100 Hz IF BW x 1 Input R Attenuator 25 dB MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB A O dB 2 34 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 10 11 Channel 1 Setup Meas Format ACTIVE CH set to CH1 Meas Config A R LOG MAG Meas Format MEAS A R FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Statistics ON Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON Set the E5100B s start frequency stop frequency number of points and source power as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Start Frequency 10 kHz Stat 10 x k Stop Frequency 99 4 kHz Stop 994 x k Number of Points 15 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 15 x 1 Source Power 0 dBm Sweep POWER 0 x 1 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX Transcribe the test results to the performance test record Change the E5100B s start frequency stop frequency and number of points as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Start Frequency 100 2 kHz Start 100 2 x k Stop Frequency 199 8 kHz Stop
230. ion given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results receiver noise and transcribe the test results to the Receiver Noise column in the performance test record 5 Set the E5100A s center frequency to 455 kHz Set the E5100A s IF BW as follows and record the average value of the trace into calculation sheet Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 17 E5100A IF BW 300 Hz 1 kHz 3 kHz 10 kHz 30 kHz 7 Set the E5100A s center frequency to 101 MHz 8 Set the E5100A s IF BW as follows and record the average value of the trace into calculation sheet E5100A IF BW 300 Hz 1 kHz 3 kHz 10 kHz 30 kHz 9 Repeat Steps 2 through 8 for Input A B Opt 318 3 18 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 8 Trace Noise Test This test checks the E5100A s trace noise on a CW signal in ratio mode This test is done in CW in order to eliminate any effects of frequency response Note An E5100A with Option 118 does not require this test v Specification at 1 KHz IF BW 5 dBm input level RF ATT 25 dB 30 dBm input level RF ATT 0 dB Magnitude Phase AR 0 01 dB rms NNNM lt 0 05 rms Test Equipment Power Splitter 4404448 eec er e e a 11667A 50 Q Termination BNC type 20 11593A BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em
231. ion in the instrument Some assemblies are related to more than one group and in fact all the groups are to some extent interrelated and affect each other s performance Power Supply The power supply functional group consists of the 130W power supply and the 30W power supply It supplies power to the other assemblies in the instrument Digital Control The digital control group consists of the Al CPU A2 Peripheral including Graphics System Processor for display A3 DSP Digital Signal Processor A40 Front Keyboard A41 Rear Board A42 Rear Board A43 44 45 46 I O Port LCD Display Assembly and FDD Flexible Disk Drive These assemblies combine to provide digital control for the analyzer Source The source group consists of the A27 Synthesizer A24 Source A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 600 A28 Source Switch Opt 003 and A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 The source supplies a phase locked RF signal to the device under test Receiver The receiver group consists of the A26R A B C receiver assemblies The receiver measures and processes input signals for display The following pages describe the operation of the functional groups Power Supply Theory The power supply functional group consists of the PS 130W Power Supply and the PS 30W Power Supply These two assemblies provide regulated DC voltages to power all assemblies in the E5100A B Figure 13 2 is a simplified block diagram of the power supply group 13 2 Theory of Opera
232. ists all of the equipment required to verify adjust and troubleshoot the E5100A B and perform the operator s check The table also notes the use and critical specifications of each item and the recommended models Note Adjustments can be done only at Agilent Technologies service centers For i details contact to Agilent Technologies Kobe Instrument Division Y In addition to test equipment listed in Table 1 1 the following tools are also required m Pozidriv screwdrivers pt size 2 medium m Pozidriv screwdrivers pt size 1 small Open end wrench 7 32 inch m Hex socket 7 32 inch m Flat edge screwdriver m Hex key 0 063 inch across flats Table 1 1 Recommended Test Equipment Equipment Critical Specifications Recommended Model Qty Usel Personal Windows NT gt 3 51 or Windows 95 1 A Computer Software HP VEE gt 4 0 1 A GPIB Interface No substitute 82350 82340 82341 1 A Card Spectrum Frequency 100 Hz to 1 5 GHz 8566A 66B 68A 68B 1 P Analyzer Multimeter No substitute 3458A 1 PA Frequency Frequency 10 Hz to 300 MHz 5334B Opt 010 030 1 PA Counter Accuracy lt 0 25 ppm 5335A Opt 010 030 5334B Opt 030 5061B 5335A Opt 030 5061B 5385A 5071A 53181A Opt 010 or Opt 0122 Power Meter No substitute 436A Opt 0223 1 PA 437B or 438A E4418A Power Sensor Frequency 100 kHz to 300 MHz 8482A 1 PA Power 5 dBm to 20 dBm Frequency 10 MHz to 300 MHz 8481D 1 PA Power 20 to 60 d
233. itles of manuals and other publications Italic type is also used for keyboard entries when a name or a variable must be typed in place of the words in italics For example copy filename means to type the word copy to type a space and then to type the name of a file such as filet Computer Computer font is used for on screen prompts and messages HARDKEYS Labeled keys on the instrument front panel are enclosed in SOFTKEYS Softkeys located to the right of the LCD display are enclosed in Contents 1 General Information Introduction a a a a a 4444444 ee eee ee ee s 1 1 Organization of Service Manual 2 a 1 1 Instruments Covered by Manual MM 1 2 For servicing the E5100A with Option 509 l l len 1 3 Table of Service Test Equipment 2 2 2 2 2 2 25 2 52 25 4 1 4 2 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 1 Frequency Accuracy Test 2 2 2 1 Specification a a a eee 2 1 Test Equipment 444440 2 1 Procedure 2 4 44 4 4 ee ee sss 2 1 2 Harmonics Test 2 3 Specification 44444444 ee 2 3 Test Equipment 444440 2 3 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 2 3 3 Non Harmonic Spurious Test 2 6 Specification 44444444 ee 2 6 Test Equipment 444440 2 6 Procedure 4 44 4 4 ee ee ee 2 6 4 Phase Noise Test 2 0 Specification 444
234. k OK and Close Running the Adjustment Program 1 Start the HP VEE 2 Load the adjustment program file into the HP VEE as follows a Pull down the File menu from the HP VEE window and select Open b Select the file C E5100A_B E5100ADJ VEE and click Open 3 You may be asked to add drivers for the equipment during the program loading Click OK and enter the address for each equipment Enter 0 as the address for the equipment which are not used for the adjustment Refer to Table 4 2 Table 4 2 Device Name and GPIB Address Example Device Name Equipment GPIB Address E 5100A E5100 A B 717 rs 232 not used 0 FC Frequency Counter 703 11713A Attenuator Switch Driver 728 11713A 2 Attenuator Switch Driver 728 PMeter Power Meter 713 438A Power Meter 713 3458A Multimeter 722 5386A Frequency Counter 703 3488A not used 0 3488A_2 not used 0 Dummy not used 0 4 Select START button on the HP VEE screen 5 Follow the instructions shown on the display Adjustments 4 5 1 VCXO Frequency Calibration The purpose of this procedure is to generate the correction constants which the pretune fractional N oscillator uses to insure proper phase lock The correction constants are stored into flash memory Required Equipment Frequency Counter 5334B Opt 010 030 or 5386A 53181A Opt 010 or 012 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 cm Agilent P N 8120 1839 Procedure 1 Run the Adjustments Program 2 Choose the VCXO Fre
235. lation sheet to calculate avarage value and record the data in the performance test record Change the E5100A s start frequency stop frequency and number of points as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Start Frequency 100 2 kHz Start 100 2 x k Stop Frequency 199 8 kHz Stop 199 3 x k Number of Points 4 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 4 x 1 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement Trigger SINGLE Confirm that the single sweep is completed and then move the Channel 1 marker to the maximum value A R using the following key strokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet Marker ACTIVE CH set to CH1 ACTIVE MARKER 1 Marker MKR SEARCH SEARCH MAX Move the Channel 2 marker to the maximum value B R using the following key storokes Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet ACTIVE CH set to CH2 SEARCH MAX Repeat steps 10 and 13 three more times and record each maximum value on the calculation sheet Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage value and record the data in the performance test record Change the E5100A s start frequency stop frequency number of points and source power as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Start Frequency 200 2 kHz Start 200 2 x k Stop Frequency 180 MHz Stop 130 x M Number of Points 201 Swesp NUMBER of POINTS 201 x 1 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 6
236. libration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE A Set the step attenuator to 20 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 6 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 7 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 8 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 28 2 58 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 E5100A B oo 0000 0000 9 0000 HOlooaco Do EE 2 R c TUUR TS 1 E Li 50 ohm Termination for Opt 002 003 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 20dBATT 10 dB ATT VSWR lt 1 015 VSWR lt 1 015 dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02033 11 12 15 14 15 Figure 2 28 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 100 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 10 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE Set the step attenuator to 10 dB Perform the followin
237. llowing key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE 4 Set the step attenuator to 20 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 6 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 7 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 8 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 15 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 39 E5100A B 0000 0000 0000 0000 E ER EEE 3 R 99 1 Y 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm a d Op N N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT F3 VSWR 1 015 No Attenuator dj Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02024 9 10 11 12 15 14 15 Figure 3 15 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 002 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to
238. m dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm B input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 300 MHz A 20 Calculation Sheet E5100A B Reading a dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Multimeter Power Meter Reading b dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Multimeter Power Meter Reading b dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Multimeter Power Meter Reading b dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Test Result a b dB dB dB dB Test Result a b dB dB dB dB Test Result a b dB C input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 300 MHz E5100A B Reading a dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm C input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 300 MHz E5100A B Reading a dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Multimeter Power Meter Reading b dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Multimeter Power Meter Reading b dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Test Result a b dB dB dB dB Test Result a b dB dB dB dB Calculation Sheet A 21 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test Step Attenuator Calibration Value at 50 MHz Attenuation Calibration Value 10 dB al dB 20 dB a2 dB 30 dB a dB 40 dB a4 dB 50 d
239. m BNC f Adapter N m BNC m Adapter N f BNC f Adapter 500 Termination BNC Type Power Splitter Procedure For Option 200 300 400 with Option 002 Low Level Test HR 8496A G Opt 001 amp H60 HAR 11713A if 8496G is used RANA 8491A with Opt 020 amp H60 2 ea ARA 8491A with Opt 020 RANA 8491A with Opt 010 amp H60 2 ea ES 8491A with Opt 010 AA Agilent P N 8120 1839 4ea max ARNA Agilent P N 1250 0780 3ea max HARA Agilent P N 1250 0082 AAN Agilent P N 1250 1474 ARNA 11593A AAA 11667A Opt 001 003 006 1 Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet 2 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2 17 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 43 E5100A B 0000 0000 0000 0000 E ER EEE 3 R 99 1 Y 10 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm El d ef N N f BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT VSWR lt 1 015 10 dB ATT F3 VSWR 1 015 dj Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 Use an N m BNC f adapter if required C7S02022 Figure 2 17 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 002
240. m a file on a disk 13 8 Theory of Operation Source Theory The source group generates a stable and accurate RF output signal which is a CW or swept signal between 10 kHz to 300 MHz 180 MHz for Opt 118 218 318 with a power level from 9 dBm to 11 dBm Opt 001 Also the source group generates the local LO signals for the receivers A26R A B C The source functional group consists of the individual assemblies described below A27 Synthesizer The A27 synthesizer provides a 40 MHz reference frequency a 40 MHz IF 12 reference frequency a FRAC N OSC signal and an INT REF signal The 40 MHz reference signal is supplied to the A24 Source and used to generate RF reference signal 480 MHz The 40 MHz IF 12 reference frequency is supplied to the A24 Source and used to generate LO reference frequency 480 MHz IF The FRAC N OSC signal is supplied to the A24 Source and used to generate the RF output signal and local oscillator signal The A27 Synthesizer consists of the following circuits m REF OSC Reference Oscillator m FRAC N OSC Fractional N Oscillator m LO PLL Synthesizer Local PLL Synthesizer REF OSC The REF OSC generates a stable reference frequency of 40 MHz The 40 MHz reference signal is supplied to the FRAC N OSC and LO PLL Synthesizer in the A27 and to the RF Reference in the A24 Source The 40 MHz reference signal is divided by 4 on the way to the FRAC N OSC This 10 MHz reference frequency is r
241. med for the removal of that assembly The letters in circles indicate the reference designators in the figures just after the procedure unless otherwise described Outer Cover Removal Tools Required m Pozidriv screwdriver pt size 2 medium Procedure Disconnect the power cable from the E5100A B Remove the four rear feet Remove the two outer cover screws from the rear panel 1 2 3 4 Remove the four bottom feet 5 Remove the side strap 6 Place the E5100A B on its side 7 Slide off the outer cover toward the rear If you have a plastic cover p n 5959 8096 the following procedure can be used instead of steps 6 and 7 1 Put a plastic cover p n 5959 8096 on the front panel of the E5100A B and place the E5100A B on flat table with its front panel down 2 Slide up the outer cover and remove it carefully 3 Place the E5100A B on flat table with its bottom side down Replacement Procedures 14 1 A1 A2 A3 Board Removal Tools Required m Open end wrench 1 4 inch m Open end wrench 15 64 inch 6 mm m Pozidriv screwdriver pt size 1 small Procedure 1 Remove the outer cover as described in Outer Cover Removal 2 Remove the ten screws which fasten the shielding plate over the A1 A2 A3 A24 A25 A26 R through C A27 boards 3 Remove the shielding plate 4 Lift the extractors at the top corners of the A1 A2 A3 board lift the A1 A2 A3 board out Note When you replace the Al CPU bo
242. ment Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 5 MHz 3 dB B 30 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Maximum Limit 3 dB Maximum Limit 3 dB Maximum Limit 3 dB Maximum Limit 3 dB Maximum Limit 3 dB Maximum Limit 3 dB 14 Phase Frequency Response Test E5100A Input Impedance 50 Q A R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 2 5 100 MHz to 300 MHz 5 5 A R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 2 5 100 MHz to 300 MHz 5 5 B R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 2 5 100 MHz to 300 MHz 5 5 B R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 2 5 100 MHz to 300 MHz 5 5 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 31 C R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 2 5 100 MHz to 300 MHz 5 5 C R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Tes
243. mixed with the Fractional N PLL output signal for making a local signal Theory of Operation 13 9 A24 Source The source assembly consists of multipliers an RF Mixer and a LO Mixer Multipliers x3 x2 x2 The multipliers for RF reference signal receives the 40 MHz reference signal and generate a 480 MHz RF reference signal This signal is supplied to RF Mixer and is used to generate the RF OUTPUT signal 10 kHz to 300 MHz The multipliers for LO reference signal receives the 40 MHz IF 12 reference signal and generates a 480 MHz IF signal This signal is supplied to LO Mixer and is used to generate the local oscillator signal RF Mixer The RF Mixer mixes the RF reference signal 480 MHz with the high resolution wide band signal from A2 Fractional N PLL and outputs RF OUTPUT signal 10 kHz to 300 MHZ LO Mixer The LO Mixer mixes the LO reference signal 480 MHz IF with the high resolution wide band signal from A27 Fractional N PLL and outputs the LOCAL signal RF IF 22 5 kHz to 300 0125 MHZ A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 600 The A25 RF amplifier assembly amplifies the output signal from the A24 Source board x 11 dB Before the amplifier the input signal is attenuated by the level attenuator 0 dB to 48 dB for a proper output Source Group Operation Figure 13 4 shows the Source Group simplified block diagram RF reference frequency Fr 480 MHz is mixed with the 1 mHz resolution frequency Fg RF 480 0
244. move to the new board Figure 15 2 A1 Flash Memory and SIMM Location Table 15 2 A1 Flash Memory and Stored Data Flash Memory Stored Data Data Validity of Location New Board in Stock U5 through U8 Correction Constants Invalid U9 through U16 Firmware Invalid U3 and U4 Bootloader Valid 1 Data obtained and stored by adjustments 2 Some of the memories may be mounted without sockets Board Configuration 15 3 2 After completing the new board installation you must reinstall the firmware with a correct firmware disk Refer to the Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter for installing the firmware into the E5100A B A24 Board Configuration Jumper Setting The jumper settings of A24J2 A24J9 A24J10 A24J11 and A24J14 are shown in Table 15 3 and Table 15 4 The setting of the A24 jumpers depends on the option which is installed in the unit 4 E pper Lower 7512001 Figure 15 3 A24 Jumper Location and Settings 15 4 Board Configuration Table 15 3 A24 Jumper Settings 1 Jumper E5100A B J10 J11 J9 Opt 100 Upper Upper Upper Opt 200 Upper Lower Upper Opt 300 Upper Lower Lower Opt 400 Lower Lower Lower Opt 600 Upper Lower Upper Table 15 4 A24 Jumper Settings 2 Jumper E5100A B J14 J2 Opt 001 Right Lower Opt 002 without Opt 010 Left Upper Opt 002 with Opt 010 Right Lower Opt 003 Right Lower Opt 010
245. mplifier Opt 010 600 m PS 130W Power Supply The bit switch settings and cable connections must be confirmed before these boards are installed Board Configuration 15 1 Al Board Configuration Bit Switch Settings The location and settings of bit switch AISWI is shown in Figure 15 1 and Table 15 1 CFS 12005 Figure 15 1 Al Switch Location Table 15 1 Al Switch Settings Switch A1SW1 E5100A B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Without ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Opt 509 With OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Opt 509 15 2 Board Configuration Flash Memories and SIMM The SIMM Single Inline Memory Module is not installed on the A1 board when the replacement board comes from stock Although flash memories U5 through U8 are installed on the new replacement board there is no data in each memory The four flash memories are for saving correction constants system calibration data obtained by adjustments 1 When you replace the Al board you must remove the SIMM and the flash memories U5 U6 U7 and U8 from the old board and install them on the new board Note m Before you remove the four flash memories from the old board be sure to i mark the location name U5 U6 U7 U8 on each flash memory If you Y lose the original location for each flash memory you need to perform all adjustments to obtain new system calibration data m Other flash memories do not need to
246. mum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 21 Input C Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Input C Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 300 MHz Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB Mimimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 1 0 dB B 22 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test A R Measurement Magnitude Ratio A Input Minimum Test Result Maximum Level Limit Limit 5 dBm 0 4dB 0 4 dB 5 dBm 0 09 dB 0 09 dB 25 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 35 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 45 dBm 0 05 dB 0 05 dB 55 dBm 0 06 dB 0 06 dB 65 dBm 0 1 dB 0 1 dB 75 dBm 0 3 dB 0 3 dB 85 dBm
247. n the active entry area of the display as shown below Another way to display the firmware information is to cycle the analyzer power off then on E5100A REVN NN MON DD YEAR where N NN Revision Number MON DD YEAR Implementation Date Month Day Year 12 2 Service Key Menus Internal Tests The tests menu is used to select and execute one of the 69 built in diagnostic tests More information about the diagnostic tests is provided in the Diagnostic Tests later in this section To display the tests menu press System MORE SERVICE MENU INTERNAL TESTS When entering the tests menu internal test 10 ALL INTERNAL TESTS is selected as the default test The test number is displayed in the active entry area of the display The diagnostic tests are numbered from 10 to 98 To select a test enter the desired test number using the numeric keypad Note m After executing a test by pressing EXECUTE TEST an annotation is i displayed to indicate any tests executed and the analyzer settings changed Y to the test settings To return the analyzer to normal operation cycle the analyzer power off then on To press does not return the analyzer to the normal operation m While any test is being executed do not change the analyzer setting using the front panel keys the GPIB or the I BASIC program If the setting is changed during test execution the test result and the analyzer operation are undefined Internal Tests The
248. n to the appropriate chapter These first chapters Troubleshooting and Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting stress simple straight forward procedures Figure 5 1 diagrams the troubleshooting organization Each of the five chapters following Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting verifies one at a time the assemblies within a group until the faulty assembly is identified These five chapters employ more lengthy complicated procedures Post Repair Procedures is the last chapter of the troubleshooting portion of the manual Post Repair Procedures is organized by assembly and notes what adjustment to perform and how to verify proper instrument operation following the replacement of an assembly Troubleshooting 5 1 Troubleshooting Analyzer Alone Inspect Power On Sequence Fail Pass Performance Test Inspect Rear Fea Panel ure Fail Measurement Error C7504001 5 2 Troubleshooting Isolate Faulty Group Power Supply Source Receiver Accessories Assembly Level Troubleshooting Figure 5 1 Troubleshooting Organization Start Here system failure can be caused by a problem in the analyzer and its accessories or out of the analyzer in a peripheral or programming To verify the operation of the analyzer alone perform the following procedure 1 Disconnect everything from the anal
249. na aeaaea aran Opt 002 with Opt 010 Opt 003 with Opt 010 Opt 600 0 0 00 0 Test Equipment 20 dBe at 21 dBm output level lt 20 dBc at 15 dBm output level lt 20 dBc at 18 dBm output level lt 20 dBc at 15dBm output level Spectrum Analyzer 0 000 000 8566A 66B 68A 68B N m BNC f Adapter BNC m BNC m Cable 122 em 50 Q Termination BNC type Procedure 1 Set up the test configuration shown in Figure 2 2 Performance Tests f MEME Agilent P N 1250 1476 EN Agilent P N 8120 1840 2 ea VENE 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 or E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 3 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm TO FREQ REFERENCE OUT TO EXT REF INPUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER on the Rear Pan ooo OOO E6100A o0 g Dolouoo o0 y O ocaa 0000 EE oo00 Es O OIS 9 al LJ 50 ohm Termination N m BNC f Hu Adapter No Connection if Opt 001 BNC m BNC m Cable 122cm C7S02002 Figure 2 2 Harmonics Test Setup Note Harmonics Test Non Harmonic Spurious Test and Phase Noise Test use the i
250. nce Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 High Level Test 1 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 20 E5100A B HONOOIoooQ 0000 Ha 22 0000 HO DD QUO Sy 2R A _B a ee N m BNC m Adapter B V Power Splitter P 7 50 ohm Termination 20 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E 7 N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT C VSWR lt 1 015 No Attenuator q Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02029 Figure 3 20 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 2 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 3 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE A Set the step attenuator to 20 dB 5 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 6 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 7 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record 8 Connect the te
251. nse Test Setup 1 s l l Phase Frequency Response Test Setup 2 0 0 02 48 Adjustment Hardware Setup 2 a 2 VCXO Frequency Calibration Setup o Power Sensor Calibration Setup Source Correction Setup 1 4 0 Source Correction Setup2 4444444 a IF Attenuator Correction Setup Receiver Calibration Setup 1 Receiver Calibration Setup2 a a a a a Receiver Calibration Setup 3 o aa a a a a a Troubleshooting Organization Fan Troubleshooting Setup Power Supply Output Pins on A20 Mother Board 2 2 2 2 Firmware Revision Label e Al CPU LED Location INT REF Test Setup a Typical INT REF Signal EXT REF Test Setup ll ll 4 0 0 Probe Power Connector Voltages e Simplified System Block Diagram Power Supply Simplified Block Diagram Digital Section Block Diagram Source Group Simplified Block Diagram Source Section Block Diagram aoao a a a a Receiver Section Block Diagram Assemblies in Main Board Slots lll PS 130W Power Supply Assembly 13 9 A24 Board Shield Case Contents 14 3 16 3 19 3 22 3 26 3 28 3 29 3 31 3 37 3 39 3 40 3 41 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 14 13 15 13 16 13 17
252. nsportation there is a small handling charge for each order 4 No invoices To provide these advantages a check or money order must accompany each order Mail order forms and specific ordering information are available through your local Agilent Technologies office addresses and phone numbers are located at the back of this manual Table 13 2 List of Reference Designators assembly MP mechanical part motor P plug BT battery Q transistor capacitor R resistor CP coupler RT thermistor CR diode S Switch DL delay line T transformer DS device signaling lamp TB terminal board misc electronic part TP test point fuse U integrated circuit FL filter V vacuum tube neon bulb photocell etc jack VR voltage regulator relay W cable inductor X socket meter Y crystal Theory of Operation 13 15 Table 13 3 List of Abbreviations AFC AMPL B FO BE CU BH BP BRS BWO cow CER CMO COEF COM COMP COMPL CONN CP CRT CW DE PC DR ELECT ENCAP EXT FH FIL H FXD GE GL GRD HEX HG HR Hz IF IMPG INCD INCL INS INT k LH LIN LK WASH LOG LPF m M MET FLM MET OX MFR MINAT MOM MTG MY n amperes automatic frequency control amplifier beat frequency oscillator beryllium copper binder head bandpass brass backward wave oscillator counter clockwise ceramic cabinet mount only coefficien
253. o the power splitter as shown in Figure 2 16 Remove the BNC m BNC m cable from the Input B and connect it to the Input C Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input C Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 41 12 Dynamic Accuracy Test This test measures the E5100A B s dynamic accuracy The dynamic accuracy is a measure of how well the receiver measure the magnitude and phase components of a signal as that signal varies in amplitude over the specified dynamic range Specification at 23 5 C 10 Hz IF BW 10 dBm reference input level relative to maximum input level 20 dBm test input level relative to maximum input level except for ramp frequency sweep Test Channel Input Dynamic Accuracy Level RF Attenuator Frequency 25 dB 0 dB Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz 5 to 5 dBml 20 to 30 dBm 0 4 dB 5 to 15 dBm 30 to 40 dBm 0 09 dB 15 to 45 dBm 40 to 70 dBm 0 05 dB 45 to 55 dBm 70 to 80 dBm 0 06 dB 55 to 65 dBm 80 to 90 dBm 0 1 dB 65 to 75 dBm 90 to 100 dBm 0 3 dB 75 to 85 dBm 100 to 110 dBm 0 9 dB 85 to 95 dBm 110 to 120 dBm 3 dB 1 0 to 5 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz 2 25 to 30 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz with Option 100 at 23 45 C 10 Hz IF BW 20 dB input A level relative to maximum input level except for ramp frequency sweep right after measuring reference
254. o O dBm output level at 50 MHz without Opt 010 TEC 1 dB with Opt 010 or 618 HR 1 5 dB max power level 70 dB lt power level lt max power level 60 dB ARA 1 dB max power level 60 dB lt power level lt max power level Test Equipment Power Meter 436A Opt 022 437B 438A Power Sensor ssssssssssssssssss esse ee he ha ha 8481D 80 dB Step Attenuator 8496A G with Opt 001 amp H60 Attenuator Switch Driver 2 117134 if 8496G is used 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A if without Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter 20 Agilent P N 1250 1476 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em Agilent P N 8120 1839 Procedure 1 Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power Sensor 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 5 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 11 E5100A B Do oo TE TF ou LE POWER METER 2 Rofo C eeo e C1 50 ohm Step Attenuator No Connection i
255. o Suspect When a Performance Test Fails Power Supply Output Voltages on A20 Mother Board Output Voltage Test Result and Replacement Assembly E5100A B Hardware Configuration and Required Firmware Disk D Al LEDs DSI Status 2 2 2 2 2 2 Al LEDs DS2 and DS3 Status n Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure Al DRAM Test Switch Settings Ce ee Al DRAM Test Status lll Al Instruction Flash Memory Test Switch Settings Al Instruction Flash Memory Test Status Al Peripheral IC 1 Test Switch Settings RA ke RE 8 18 Contents 17 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 15 13 14 13 15 13 16 13 17 13 18 13 19 13 20 13 21 13 22 13 23 13 24 13 25 13 26 13 27 13 28 13 29 13 30 13 31 13 32 13 33 13 34 13 35 13 36 13 37 13 38 13 39 13 40 13 41 13 42 13 43 13 44 13 45 13 46 13 47 Al Peripheral IC 1 Test Status ll 8 18 Al SRAM Test Switch Settings llle 8 19 Al SRAM Test Status 8 19 Al Storage Flash Memory Test Switch Settings 8 19 Al Storage Flash Memory Test Status 8 20 Al Peripheral IC 2 Test Switch Settings 8 20
256. oard Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node VNR VOLT1 of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node VNR VOLT2 of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node VNR VOLTS of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at internal de bus node CONST VOLT of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at internal de bus node DAC VOLT1 of the A24 Source The A24 Source is a probable faulty board Replace the A24 Source See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter 8 8 Digital Control Trouhleshooting Table 8 4 Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure continued Test No Failed Test Troubleshooting Information 29 30 31 32 41 42 43 44 45 A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT2 A24 DCBUS DAC VOLTS A24 DCBUS 1ST LOCAL A25 DCBUS 15V A26A DCBUS 12VA A26A DCBUS 12VB A26A DCBUS 5VA A26A DCBUS 5VB A26A DCBUS 5V Voltage t
257. obe Power The A41 Rear Board supplies 15 V and 12 6 V to provide a power source at the front panel for an external RF probe 13 4 Theory of Operation Line Power Module The line power module includes the line power switch and the main fuse The main fuse which protects the input side of the two power supplies against drawing too much line current is also accessible at the rear panel Theory of Operation 13 5 Digital Control Theory The digital control functional group consists of the following assemblies Al CPU A2 Peripheral A3 DSP A40 Front Keyboard A41 Rear Board A42 Rear Board A43 44 45 46 I O Port LCD Display FDD These assemblies combine to provide digital control for the analyzer They provide math processing functions as well as communications between the analyzer and an external controller and or pheriperals Figure 13 3 is a simplified block diagram of the digital control functional group 13 6 Theory of Operation A1 CPU CPU Core Memory CPU Clock Generator Voltage Monitor i Address Decoder System Timer i Memory BUS Controller Interrupt Controller DMA Controller i FFT Accelerator Internal BUS Boot Instruction DRAM Strage SRAM SIMM I O GPIB Real Time Clock Keyboard I F FDD I F Printer I F A2 Peripheral p A3 DSP Board FrontPanell F Key RPG l Display I F Mono Color LCD l Audio I
258. oints of the E5100A B is 801 m If the number of points is set to 401 the maximum number of points of the E5100A B is 401 Note m If it is difficult to read the maximum number of points on the LCD display i due to overlayed traces try to change the display format using Y Format and followed softkeys to change the trace position m The E5100A must have 1601 or 801 maximum number of sweep points The E5100B must have 401 maximum number of sweep points If it is impossible to know that an E5100A has 1601 or 801 maximum number of sweep points due to some trouble check the Agilent part number of the installed A3 DSP If A3 part number for an E5100A is E5100 66598 the E5100A must have 1601 maximum number of sweep points as long as the original board Agilent P N E5100 66513 has not been replaced with a new board Agilent P N E5100 66593 before if A3 part number for an E5100A is E5100 66513 the E5100A must have 801 maximum number of sweep points Checking the LCD Display Type m Usually the LCD display type color or monochrome can be checked by turning the analyzer power on m If it is impossible to know the LCD display type due to some LCD display trouble check the Agilent part number of installed A2 Peripheral If the A2 part number is E5100 66502 the LCD type must be monochrome if the A2 part number is E5000 66502 the LCD type must be color Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 3 2 Installing the Firmware 1 Turn the E5100A
259. on Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Installed Not Installed Code Number 2 E5100 61603 1 1 300 301 302 28480 E5100 61603 400 301 302 E5100 61627 9 1 1300 301 302 28480 E5100 61627 400 301 302 E5100 61655 3 1 1300 302 301 28480 E5100 61655 400 302 301 E5100 61651 9 1 300 301 302 28480 E5100 61651 400 301 302 E5100 61653 1 1 300 510 28480 E5100 61653 1 Port B to A26BJ2 2 Port B to A29J3 3 Port B to A26BJ2 Semi rigid cable Table 13 24 RF Cable for Port C Ref Agilent Part C Qty For Option Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Installed Not Installed Code Number 2 5100 61604 2 1 400 28480 5100 61604 1 Port C to A26CJ2 Table 13 25 Probe Power Connector and Cable Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 3 1252 4294 8 1 PROBE POWER CONNECTOR 28480 1252 4294 4 E5100 61641 7 1 PROBE POWER CABLE Opt 102 28480 E5100 61610 E5100 61636 0 2 PROBE POWER CABLE Opt 302 28480 E5100 61636 Theory of Operation 13 35 Front Assemblies C7513013 Figure 13 22 Front Plugs Table 13 26 Front Plugs Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 6960 0041 H 1 I HOLE BNC 28480 6960 0041 2 6960 0028 4 1 PLUG HOLE TYPE N 28480 6960 0028 3 6960 0081 9 1 PLUG HOLE PROBE POWER 28480 6960 0081 1 For each hole 2 For Po
260. on 100 200 300 400 600 2 15 Table 2 4 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 001 without Opt 010 E5100A B Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 11 dBm 50 dB 39 dB 5 dBm 40 dB 35 dB 5 dBm 30 dB 35 dB 9 dBm 30 dB 39 dB Table 2 5 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 002 without Opt 010 E5100A B Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 5 dBm 40 dB 35 dB 5 dBm 30 dB 35 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 15 dBm 20 dB 35 dB Table 2 6 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 003 without Opt 010 E5100A B Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 7 dBm 40 dB 37 dB 5 dBm 40 dB 35 dB 5 dBm 30 dB 35 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 13 dBm 20 dB 33 dB 2 16 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Table 2 7 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 001 with Opt 010 E5100A B Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 22 dBm 60 dB 38 dB 10 dBm 40 dB 30 dB 10 dBm 20 dB 30 dB 20 dBm 10 dB 30 dB 30 dBm 10 dB 40 dB 40 dBm 10 dB 50 dB 48 dBm 10 dB 58 dB Table 2 8 Source Power Linearity Test Setup Opt 002 with Opt 010 E5100A B Step Attenuator Level Source Power Setting 16 dBm 50 dB 34 dB 10 dBm 40 dB 30 dB 10 dBm 20 dB
261. on BNC type 11593A 3 ea max 50 Q Termination N type 909C Opt 012 for E5100A Opt 102 302 Procedure 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 8 E5100A B G LG 00 C LC CD O O C 9 DODO 22 0000 DO H oof cols 1 2R AL T 0000 DOBD POLE WAV AY R No Connection if Opt 001 50 ohm Termination 3ea C7802007 Figure 3 8 Residual Response Test Setup 2 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Meas Config R MEAS MORE MORE R Span Frequency 0 Hz 0 x 1 IF BW 10 Hz Sweep IF BW 10 x 1 Source Power Sweep POWER 9 dBm Opt 001 without Opt 010 x 1 3 22 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 15 dBm Opt 002 without Opt 010 x1 12 dBm Opt 003 without Opt 010 x1 48 dBm Opt 001 with Opt 010 x 1 54 dBm Opt 002 with Opt 010 x 1 51 dBm Opt 003 with Opt 010 xd 52 dBm Opt 618 x 1 Number of Points 2 NUMBER of POINTs 2 x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Set the E5100A s center frequency as follows and record the maximum value of the trace into calculation sheet E5100A Center Frequency 47 85 MHz 47
262. ontroller until the active controller is removed from the bus or relinquishes the bus 65 CAN T COPY A DIRECTORY A directory name is selected as a source file Select a file to be copied before pressing COPY FILE 281 CANNOT CREATE PROGRAM Indicates that an attempt to create a program was unsuccessful A reason for the failure might include not enough memory 253 CORRUPT MEDIA A legal program command could not be executed because of corrupt media for example a bad disk or wrong format Messages 1 104 DATA TYPE ERROR Improper data type used for example string data was expected but numeric data was received 25 DIRECTORY FULL A legal program command could not be executed because the media directory was full 25 FILE NAME ERROR A legal program command could not be executed because the file name on the device media was in error for example an attempt was made to copy to a duplicate file name 256 FILE NAME NOT FOUND legal program command could not be executed because the file name on the device media was not found for example an attempt was made to read or copy a nonexistent file 282 ILLEGAL PROGRAM NAME The name used to reference a program was invalid for example redefining an existing programm deleting a nonexistent program or in gerenral referencing a nonexsitent program 282 ILLEGAL VARIABLE NAME An attempt was made to reference a nonexistent variable in a program 1
263. or E de a C7513020 Figure 13 50 External Display KeyBoard I F lay KeyBoard I F isp Table 13 54 External D Mfr Part Number 2190 0054 2950 0054 1251 5436 Mfr Code 28480 E5100 66542 28480 28480 28480 ion ipt Descr 2 PANEL B D WSHR REAR LK INTL T NUT HEX DBL CHAM SCRLK F 1 1 1 1 C Qty D 7 9 1 0 Agilent Part Number E5100 66542 2190 0054 2950 0054 5436 1251 Ref Desig 1 2 3 13 64 Theory of Operation Rear Assemblies I O Blank Pannel 51 I O Blank Pannel 55 Mfr Part Number Mfr Code 28480 E5100 00250 28480 ion ipt Descr 0515 1550 L 8 P H 13 65 Theory of Operation BOO gure 13 PANEL I F SCR M3 y 1 Table 13 C Qt 1 2 D 6 0 F E a C7 13021 ilent Part Number E5100 Ag Ref Desig 00250 1550 1 2 0515 Rear Assemblies C7S13022 Figure 13 52 Digital I O Assembly Table 13 56 Digital I O Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 00251 7 1 PANELI F STD 28480 E5100 00251 E5100 00252 8 1 PANEL TF Opt 005 28480 E5100 00252 E5100 00251 7 1 PANEL I F Opt 006 28480 E5100 00251 E5100 00251 7 1 PANELI F Opt 007 28480 E5100 00251 2 E5100 66543 8 1 24 BIT DIGITAL I O
264. ord 5 Set the E5100A B s center frequency to 455 kHz 6 Set the E5100A B s IF BW as follows and record the average value of the trace into calculation sheet E5100A B IF BW 300 Hz only E5100A 1 kHz only E5100A 3 kHz 10 kHz 30 kHz 7 Set the E5100A B s center frequency to 101 MHz 8 Set the E5100A B s IF BW as follows and record the average value of the trace into calculation sheet E5100A B IF BW 300 Hz only E5100A 1 kHz only E5100A 3 kHz 10 kHz 30 kHz 9 Repeat Steps 2 through 8 for Input A B Opt 300 400 and C Opt 400 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 21 8 Trace Noise Test This test checks the E5100A B s trace noise on a CW signal in ratio mode This test is done in CW in order to eliminate any effects of frequency response Note An E5100A B with Option 100 does not require this test v Specification at 1 KHz IF BW 5 dBm input level RF ATT 25 dB 30 dBm input level RF ATT 0 dB Magnitude 0 lt 0 01 dB rms Phase eee eee 0 05 rms Test Equipment Power Splitter co 11667A 50 Q Termination BNC type ssssssssssssss ss I e ee e e 11593A BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em Agilent P N 8120 1839 3ea N m BNC f Adapter sss Agilent P N 1250 1476 4ea max Procedure 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2 8 E5100A B
265. orking voltage rectifier radio frequency round head or right hand rack mount only root mean square reverse working voltage slow blow screw selenium section s semiconductor silicon silver slide spring special stainless steel split ring steel tantalum time delay toggle thread titanium tolerance trimmer traveling wave tube micro variable de working volts with watts working inverse voltage wirewound without 13 16 Theory of Operation Assemblies in Main Board Slots Assemblies in Main Board Slots Figure 13 7 Assemblies in Main Board Slots Theory of Operation 13 17 Assemblies in Main Board Slots Table 13 4 Assemblies in Main Board Slots Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number Al E5100 66511 0 1 CPU WITHOUT SIMM CARD 28480 E5100 66511 1818 5623 9 1 SIMM CARD 28480 1818 5623 A2 E5100 66502 9 1 PERIPHERAL FOR 28480 E5100 66502 MONOCHROME LCD E5000 66502 9 1 PERIPHERAL FOR COLOR LCD 28480 E5000 66502 A3 E5100 66593 8 1 DSP 28480 E5100 66593 A24 E5100 66524 5 1 SOURCE 28480 E5100 66524 A25 E5100 66525 6 1 RF AMPLIFIER Opt 010 600 28480 E5100 66525 A26R E5100 66526 7 1 RECEIVER Port R 28480 E5100 66526 A26A E5100 66526 7 1 RECEIVER Port A 28480 E5100 66526 A26B E5100 66526 7 1 R
266. orrecting errors Errata in the manual To keep this manual as current and accurate as possible 1 2 General Information Agilent Technologies recommends that you periodically request the latest MANUAL CHANGES supplement The supplement for this manual is identified by this manual s printing data and its supplement are available from Agilent Technologies If the serial prefix or number of an instrument is lower than that on the title page of this manual see Appendix C Manual Changes For information concerning serial number prefixes not listed on the title page or in the MANUAL CHANGE supplement contact the nearest Agilent Technologies office For servicing the E5100A with Option 509 The E5100A with Option 509 may not have display and front key control functions When the E5100A with Option 509 is turned ON there may be no information on the LCD display except for Welcome For servicing the E5100A with Option 509 if it does not have the diaplay and key control functions you must install new firmware with a firmware disk for Option 509 to obtain required display and key control functions Refer to the Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter to choose and obtain the required firmware disk If the E5100A with Option 509 has the display and key control functions you don t need to install the new firmware for servicing the analyzer General Information 1 3 Table of Service Test Equipment The first part of Table 1 1 l
267. out Opt 1D5 1 ppm at O to 55 C 20 min warm up with Opt 1D5 Test Equipment Frequency Counter 22 5334B Opt 010 030 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em 2 Agilent P N 8120 1839 50 Q Termination BNC type Agilent 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 Procedure 1 Connect the BNC m BNC m Cable 6l cem from E5100A RF OUT 1 to the Frequency Counter INPUT C as shown in Figure 3 1 E5100A B 0000 0000 espe HEE FREQUENCY COUNTER S DOS 0000 99 DDD 000000 o 00000 900 000000 ooo amp 6 Q Lt Input C y E 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm No Connection if Opt 001 C7802001 Figure 3 1 Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 1 Note If the E5100A has Option 1D5 confirm that a BNC m BNC m adapter is i connected between the EXT REF INPUT 10 N MHz connector and the REF Y OVEN OptION 1D5 connector on the rear panel If Option 1D5 is NOT installed connect nothing to the EXT REF INPUT 10 N MHz connector 2 Set the gate time of the frequency counter to 100 ms 3 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Span Frequency O Hz 0 x 1 Center Frequency 180 MHz Center 180 x M
268. outed to the INT REF Output connector on the rear panel When a 10 MHz external reference signal is applied to the EXT REF Input connector on the rear panel the REF OSC output signals are phase locked to the external reference signal The REF OSC is a phase locked oscillator and contains a 40 MHz VCXO and a phase detector When the 10 MHz external reference signal is applied to the EXT REF Input connector on the rear panel it is compared with the VCXO frequency Fyexo divided by 4 Phase locking imposes the condition of 10 MHz Fyex0 4 Therefore the output frequency Fyexo is locked to 40 MHz A detector circuit detects the external reference input signal and sends the status to the A1 CPU Then the Al CPU displays a message External Reference on the LCD display FRAC N OSC The FRAC N OSC Fractional N Oscillator generates a swept signal of 480 MHz to 780 MHz with a high frequency resolution The signal is supplied to the RF Reference and Local Reference in the A24 Source The Local Reference signal is used to generate the swept local oscillator signal The FRAC N OSC is a phase locked oscillator The output signal is phase locked to the 40 MHz reference signal of the REF OSC LO PLL Synthesizer The LO PLL Synthesizer provides the 40 MHz IF 12 reference frequency to the A24 Source This output signal is multiplied by 12 x3x2x2 on the A24 Source to generate a local reference signal 480 MHz IF The local reference signal is
269. ower Supply ooa a a a 4 444444 eo Contents 7 16 Post Repair Procedures In troduction 4 4 4 4 4 eee eee ee ee A Calculation Sheet In D OR ND 7 troduction 4 444444 eee ee ee ee Harmonics Test ll A Non Harmonic Spurious Test a Phase Noise Test oa au a a a Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test a l l Source Power Linearity Test Step Attenuator Calibration Value at 50 MHz 2 2 2 Reference 0 dBm 4 Source Power Linearity oaoa a a a With option 001 and without option 010 oa a a a a With Option 002 and without Option 010 ll sls With Option 003 and without Option 010 With both Option 001 and Option 010 a a a With both Option 002 and Option 010 ln With both Option 003 and Option 010 or with Option 600 Receiver Noise Level Test a a a a E51004 4 444440 ee ee os At IF BW 100Hz 2 2 2 2 2 25225225252525252525D52 2 5 At IF BW 300Hz a At IF BW 1 KHZ 44400 a s At IF BW 3 KHZ 2 4 4 lll A AtIFBW10kHz 4 ll ll ll s s At IF BW 30 kHz sS s E5100B 4444 ee s At IF BW 1 KHZ 44400 a s At IF BW 3 KHZ 2 4 4 lll A AtIFBW10kHz 4 ll ll ll s s At IF BW 30 kHz sS s 10
270. p Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal de bus node 12VA of the A26B Receiver The A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26B Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal de bus node 12VB of the A26B Receiver The A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26B Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 11 Table 8 4 Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure continued Test No Failed Test Troubleshooting Information 68 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 A26B DCBUS ADC REF VOLT A26C DCBUS 12VA A26C DCBUS 12VB A26C DCBUS 5VA A26C DCBUS 5VB A26C DCBUS 5V A26C DCBUS 12VA A26C DCBUS 12VB A26C DCBUS ADC REF VOLT Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node ADC REF VOLT of the A26B Receiver The A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26B Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal dc bus node 12VA of the A26C Receiver The A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26C Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the 12V internal dc bus node 12VB of the A26C Receiver The A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26C Re
271. ps to troubleshoot the source group 1 10 11 Press Preset System MORE SERVICE MENU INTERNAL TESTS 3 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run self test 13 A27 ID If the test fails there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is incorrectly installed Check the board installation and cables Press 14 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 14 A24 ID If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is incorrectly installed See the Board Configuration chapter If Opt 010 600 is installed press xt EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 15 A25 ID If the test fails there is a possibility that the A25 RF Amplifier is incorrectly installed See the Board Configuration chapter Press 17 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 17 A28 29 50 Source Port ID If the test fails there is a possibility that the A28 Source Switch Opt 003 A29 50 1M Q Switch Opt 101 301 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 are correctly installed See the Board Configuration chapter Press 21 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 21 A24 DCBUS 11 6V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 22 xi EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 22 A24 DCBUS 5VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board Replace the A24 Press 23 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 23 A24 DCBUS 9V If the test fails there is a possibility t
272. quency Calibration 3 Following the Adjustments Program instructions complete this procedure Note If 58181A is used connect BNC m BNC m Cable to CHANNEL 1 Y E5100A B FREQUENCY COUNTER ooo 0 00 000 000000 00000 ooo 000000 INT REF Output BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm C7S03016 Figure 4 2 VCXO Frequency Calibration Setup 4 6 Adjustments 2 Source Correction The purpose of this procedure is to calibrate the power level linearity The calibration data in the form of correction constants are then stored in flash memory Required Equipment Power Meter 437B or 438A or E4418A Power Sensor 8482A 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A if without Opt 001 Attenuator Pad 10 dB 8491A Opt 010 if without Opt 010 Attenuator Pad 30 dB 8491A Opt 030 if with Opt 010 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 Em Agilent P N 8120 1839 N m BNC f Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1476 N f BNC m Adapter Agilent P N 1250 1477 Procedure 1 Run the Adjustments Program 2 Choose the Source Correction 3 Following the Adjustments Program instruction connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 and Figure 4 5 POWER METER Power Sensor C7S03017 Fi
273. r screws which fastens the keyboard cover 4 5 Remove the keyboard cover Remove the A40 keyboard from the front panel Replacement Procedures 14 3 LCD Display Assembly Removal Tools Required m Pozidriv screwdrivers pt size 1 small and 2 medium Procedure 1 Remove the front panel as described in Front Panel Removal 2 Remove the two screws which hold the LCD display assembly 3 Disconnect the cable connected to the A20 board Flexible Disk Drive Assembly Removal Tools Required m Pozidriv screwdriver pt size 1 small m Hex socket 7 32 inch 5 5 mm Procedure 1 Remove the outer cover as described in Outer Cover Removal 2 Remove the four nuts from the FDD Flexible Disk Drive holder 9 Disconnect the flatcable and the wire assembly from the FDD Rear Panel Assembly Removal Tools Required m Pozidriv screwdrivers pt size 1 small and 2 medium m Open end wrench 1 4 inch Procedure 1 Remove the top outer as described in Outer Cover Removal 2 Disconnect RF cables from the rear panel 3 Disconnect the flatcable connected with the rear panel 4 Remove the three screws from the rear panel assembly 5 Gradually pull the rear panel assembly out from the rear frame 14 4 Replacement Procedures 15 Board Configuration Introduction This chapter contains the board configuration information for the following boards m Al CPU m A24 Source m A25 RF A
274. racy Test Setup for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 l l ll 4 44 4 a Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 2 2 4 a Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 200 300 400 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 2 4 a Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt 100 en Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt 100 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 100 lll Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 1 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 2 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 8 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 4 Phase Frequency Response Test Setup 1 a a Phase Frequency Response Test Setup 2 e Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup a Harmonics Test Seu Phase Noise Test Setup Source Level Accuracy Flatness Test 2 2 25 2 2 2 Source Power Linearity Test 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 47 2 48 Contents 13 Receiver Noise Level Test 0 Trace Noise Test Setup ll nn Residual Response Test Setup Rinto A B Input Crosstalk Test Setup A into R B Input Crosstalk Test Setup l l Binto R A Input Crosstalk Test Setup
275. ration of each assembly in the receiver group by using the E5100A B self test functions internal tests For detailed information about the self test functions see the Service Key Menus Perform the following procedures sequentially to troubleshoot the receiver 1 10 11 12 15 Press Preset System MORE SERVICE MENU INTERNAL TEST 16 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 16 A26 ID If the test fails there is a possibility that some of the AZ6R A26A A26B and A26C are incorrectly installed Press 17 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 17 A28 29 50 Source Port ID If the test fails there is a possibility that the A28 Source Switch Opt 003 A29 50 1M Q Switch Opt 101 301 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 are correctly installed See the Board Configuration chapter Press 41 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 41 A26A DCBUS 12VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26A Press 42 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 42 A26A DCBUS 12VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26A Press 43 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 43 A26A DCBUS 5VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26A Press 44 x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 44 AZ6A DCBUS 5VB If the test fails there is a possibility
276. re 1 Run the Adjustments program 2 Choose the IF Attenuator Correction 3 Following the Adjustments Program instructions connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 6 Adjustments 4 9 E5100A B 0000 0000 3 0000 D D D C OO E a JO JE Jt E 1 2 R 666 6 e Lo a N m BNC f Adapter J If Opt 102 To 11713A Y Port BNC m BNC m BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Y Cable 61cm i U 50 ohm L T y N m BNC f Adapter Step Attenuator Power Splitter BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7S03020 Figure 4 6 IF Attenuator Correction Setup Note The BNC m BNC m cables must have the same length Y 4 Following the instructions complete the procedure 4 10 Adjustments 4 Receiver Calibration The purpose of this procedure is to calibrate the Input A receiver absolute measurement accuracy The calibration data in the form of correction constants is then stored in flash memory Required Equipment Multimeter 9458A Power Meter 437B or 438A or E4418A Power Sensor 8482A 80 dB Step Attenuator 8496G with
277. rnal test 54 A26R DCBUS 5VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26R Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 55 A26R DCBUS 5V If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26R Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 56 A26R DCBUS 12VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26R Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 57 A26R DCBUS 12VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26R Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 58 A26R DCBUS ADC REF VOLT If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26R Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 61 A26B DCBUS 12VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26B Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 62 A26B DCBUS 12VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26B Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 63 A26B DCBUS 5VA If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board Replace the A26B Press x1 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 64 A26B DCBUS 5VB If the test fails there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty boar
278. rom the fan and turn off the Shut Down voltage 5V which goes to the PS 130W Power Supply Shutdown function including the Fan Sense circuit protects the instrument by causing the regulated voltage supplies to be shut down The output voltages from the PS 30W Power Supply are not shut down when the PS 130W Power Supply is shut down PS 30W Power Supply The PS 30W Power Supply also steps down and rectifies the line voltage It provides fully regulated 5V 12V 12V analog supplies Regulated 5VA 12VA 12VA Supplies The 5VA 12VA 12VA supplies are regulated by the control loop in the PS 30W Power Supply They go directly to the motherboard and from there to all assemblies requiring analog supplies 5VA 12VA and 12VA Shutdown Circuit The shut down circuit is triggered by overcurrent and overvoltage of the PS 30W Power Supply output It protects the instrument by causing the regulated voltage supplies to be shut down The output voltages from the PS 130W Power Supply are also shut down when the PS 30W Power Supply is shut down because the A41 Rear Board does not receive required power supply from the PS 30W and does not supply the Shut Down voltage 5V to the PS 130W Power Supply DC Fan Power The fan power 24 V is derived from the A41 Rear Board If the fan is stopped the shut down circuit is activated Display Power The A41 Rear Board supplies 12 V to the backlight module of the LCD display Pr
279. rt R B C or RF OUT 2 Opt 001 3 For Port B Opt 102 4 If not Opt 302 13 36 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies C7513003 Figure 13 23 Front Keyboard Assembly Table 13 27 Front Keyboard Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 40001 9 1 BEZEL FRONT 28480 E5100 40001 2 E5100 25001 7 1 RUBBER KEY 28480 E5100 25001 3 E5100 66540 5 1 FRONT KEY BOARD 28480 E5100 66540 4 0515 1550 0 2 SCR M3 L 8 P H 28480 0515 1550 Theory of Operation 13 37 Front Assemblies C7513004 Figure 13 24 Monochrome LCD Assembly 1 4 Table 13 28 Monochrome LCD Assembly 1 4 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 1990 1912 5 1 LCD MONO 6 3 28480 1990 1912 2 0460 1029 1 100 TAPE IDL 25IN 28480 0460 1029 cm 3 E5100 61634 8 1 WIRE ASSY LCD 28480 E5100 61634 13 38 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies C7913005 Figure 13 25 Monochrome LCD Assembly 2 4 Including Power Supply PS 30W Table 13 29 Monochrome LCD Assembly 2 4 Including Power Supply PS 30W Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 0950 2919 9 1 PS 30W POWER SUPPLY 28480 0950 2919 2 0515 1550 0 4 SCR M3 L 8 P H 28480 0515 1550 3 E5100 04001 3 1 COVER MONOCHROME LCD 28480
280. s Sampling Conversion AC Bandwidth lt 2 MHz 3 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Preset Meas Config R for Input R test Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE R Meas Config A for Input A test Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE A Meas Config B for Input B test Meas Format MEAS MORE MORE B Format LOG MAG FORMAT MORE LOG MAG Span 0 Hz Span x 1 IF BW 30 Hz Number of points 20 Source Power 4 dBm Input R Attenuator 0 dB Sweep IF BW 80 x 1 Sweep NUMBER of POINTS 20 x 1 Sweep POWER Es x 1 for Input R test System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB for Input A test System MORE ATTENUATOR O dB Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 31 Input B Attenuator 0 dB for Input B test System MORE ATTENUATOR B O dB Statistics ON Marker UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF turn it ON 4 Set the E5100A s center frequency and Multimeter s AC Bandwidth according to the following table Then record the readings of the digital multimeter and the E5100A s readings in the calculation sheet Table 3 11 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup E5100A Multimeter Center Freq AC Bandwidth 10 kHz lt 2 MHz 100 kHz gt 2 MHz 1 MHz gt 2 MHz 5 Set the Digital Multimeter s AC Bandwidth to lt 2 MHz 6 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Source Power 1 dBm Sweep POWER 1 x Inpu
281. s shown in Table 13 6 Order these parts when you replace shield cases only 13 20 Theory of Operation Assemblies in Main Board Slots Figure 13 10 A25 Board Shield Case Table 13 7 A25 Board Shield Case Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 00687 3 1 SHIELD CASE ON COMPONENT 28480 E5100 00637 SIDE E5100 00657 7 1 SHIELD CASE ON CIRCUIT SIDE 28480 E5100 00657 Note The A25 board assembly Agilent P N E5100 66525 is furnished with the shield cases shown in Table 13 7 Order these parts when you replace shield cases only Theory of Operation 13 21 Assemblies in Main Board Slots C7913044 Figure 13 11 RF Cables A27 to Rear Assembly Table 13 8 RF Cables A27 to Rear Assembly Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 61607 5 1 RF CABLED 28480 E5100 61607 2 E5100 61608 6 1 RFCABLEO 28480 E5100 61608 1 A27J2 I to EXT REF INPUT rear assembly See Figure 13 46 2 A27J1 0 to INT REF OUTPUT rear assembly See Figure 13 46 13 22 Theory of Operation Assemblies in Main Board Slots A24 SOURCE 07513045 Figure 13 12 RF Cables A24 to RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2 A25 A28 Table 13 9 RF Cables A24 to RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2 A25 A28 Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part
282. sponse 16 2 Post Repair Procedures Table 16 1 Post Repair Procedures continued Replaced Board Required Required Assembly Config Adjustments Verification A27 Synthesizer None VCXO Frequency Calibration Frequency Range and Accuracy Source Correction Harmonics Non Harmonic Sprious Phase Noise Source Level Accuracy Flatness Source Power Linearity Receiver Noise Level Trace Noise Residual Response Input Crosstalk Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Dynamic Accuracy Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Phase Frequency Response A20 Motherboard None None Frequency Range and Accuracy Source Level Accuracy Flatness Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response A28 Source Switch None Source Correction Frequency Range and Accuracy Harmonics Non Harmonic Sprious Phase Noise Source Level Accuracy Flatness Source Power Linearity Receiver Noise Level Trace Noise Residual Response Input Crosstalk A29 50 1MQ Switch None Receiver Calibration Receiver Noise Level Trace Noise Residual Response Input Crosstalk Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Dynamic Accuracy Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Phase Frequency Response Post Repair Procedures 16 3 Table 16 1 Post Repair Procedures continued Replaced Board Required Required Assembly Config Adjustments Verification Power Supply None None Frequency Range and Accuracy 130W Source Level Ac
283. st and Phase Noise Test use the i same test setup Y 2 Set up the E5100A B as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Source Power 0 dBm POWER 0 x 1 Span Frequency 0 Hz 0 x 1 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 9 3 Set the spectrum analyzer as follows Frequency Span 25 kHz 4 Set the E5100A B s center frequency the spectrum analyzer s center frequency and its resolution bandwidth according to the following table Then record the spectrum analyzer reading at center frequency into calculation sheet and record the spectrum analyzer reading at the 10 kHz frequency points of the center frequency into calculation sheet Table 2 3 Phase Noise Test Setup E5100A B Spectrum analyzer Center Frequency quency Center Frequency RBW 455 kHz 455 kHz 300 Hz 150 MHz 150 MHz 300 Hz 300 MHz 300 MHz 300 Hz Note When you measure noise level at the 10 kHz frequency points of each center i frequency you must set the spectrum analyzer to noise level measurement Y mode When the noise level function is activated and the marker is placed in the noise the rms noise level is read out normalized to a 1 Hz noise power bandwidth 5 Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results and record the test results in the performance test record 2 10 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 5 Source Level Accurac
284. st Result Maximum Limit Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 2 5 100 MHz to 180 MHz 5 5 A R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 100 MHz to 180 MHz 5 B R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 100 MHz to 180 MHz 5 B R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 100 MHz to 180 MHz 5 C 22 Performance Test Record for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 Maximum Limit 5 2 5 5 Maximum Limit 5 2 5 5 Maximum Limit 5 2 5 5 Manual Changes Introduction This appendix contains the information required to adapt this manual to earlier versions or configurations of the analyzer than the current printing date of this manual The information in this manual applies directly to the E5100A B Network Analyzer serial number prefix listed on the title page of this manual Manual Changes To adapt this manual to your E5100A B see Table D 1 and Table D 2 and make all the manual changes listed opposite your instrument s serial number and firmware version Instruments manufactured after the printing of this manual may be different from those documented in this manual Later instrument versions will be
285. st equipment as shown in Figure 3 21 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 47 E5100A B 10 im c3 DUD O O C 0000 1 R o o pee to N m BNC m Adapter gt j CJ O D D D C HO SE s m 3 Ag B L1 P Splitt ower Spli er 50 ohm Termination 20 dB ATT BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E d N m BNC f N f BNC f Adapter Adapter N m BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter 10 dB ATT 10 dB ATT VSWR lt 1 015 VSWR 1 015 d Use an N m BNC f adapter if required Step Attenuator VSWR lt 1 02 C7S02030 Figure 3 21 Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt 218 318 with Opt 003 without Opt 010 9 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB 10 Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration ACTIVE CH set to CH1 RESPONSE THRU DONE ACTIVE CH set to CH2 RESPONSE THRU DONE 11 Set the step attenuator to 10 dB 12 Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement SINGLE 13 Rotate RPG knob and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50 001 MHz and the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet 14 Transcribe the test results to the performance test record
286. stments can be done only at Agilent Technologies service centers For i details contact to Agilent Technologies Kobe Instrument Division Y Y m To ensure proper results and correct instrument operation a 30 minute warm up and stabilization period before performing any of the following Adjustments are recommended Safety Considerations This manual contains NOTEs CAUTIONs and WARNINGs which must be followed to ensure the safety of the operator and to keep the instrument in a safe and serviceable condition The adjustments must be performed by qualified service personnel Warning Any interruption of the protective ground conductor inside or outside v the instrument or disconnection of the protective ground terminal can M make the instrument dangerous Intentional interruption of the protective ground system for any reason is prohibited The removal or opening of covers or removal of parts other than those which are accessible by hand will expose circuits containing dangerous voltage levels Remember that the capacitors in the E5100A B can remain charged for several minutes even though the E5100A B is off and unplugged Adjustments 4 1 Required Controller Performing adjustments requires the following controller Windows PC Personal Computer OS Microsoft Windows NT gt 3 51 or Windows 95 Software HP VEE gt 4 0 GPIB Card 82350 82340 or 82341 Software Requirements The adjustments require the
287. t common composition complete connector cadmium plate cathode ray tube clockwise deposited carbon drive electrolytic encapsulated external farads femto flat head fillister head fixed giga germanium glass ground ed henries hexagonal mercury hour s hertz intermediate freq impregnated incandescent include s insulation ed internal kilo left hand linear taper lock washer logarithmic taper low pass filter milli meg metal film metallic oxide manufacturer miniature momentary mounting mylar nano N C NE NIPL N O NPO NPN NRFR NSR OBD OH OX P PC D PH BRZ PHL PIV PNP P O POLY PORC POS POT PP PT PWV RECT RF RH RMO RMS RWV S B SCR SE SECT SEMICON SI SIL SL SPG SPL SST SR STL TA TD TGL THD TI TOL TRIM TWT VAR VDOW W WIV WW W O normally closed neon nickel plate normally open negative positive zero zero temperature coefficient negative positive negative not recommended for field replacement not separately replaceable order by description oval head oxide peak printed circuit pico phosphor bronze Philips peak inverse voltage positive negative positive part of polystyrene porcelain position s potentiometer peak to peak point peak w
288. t 0 6 65 to 75 dBm 90 to 100 dBm 1 8 75 to 85 dBm 100 to 110 dBm 62 85 to 95 dBm 110 to 120 dBm 18 1 0 to 5 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz 2 25 to 30 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz Test Equipment 80 dB Step Attenuator Attenuator Switch Driver Attenuator Pad 20 dB Attenuator Pad 20 dB Attenuator Pad 10 dB Attenuator Pad 10 dB BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em ES 8496A G Opt 001 r H60 ES 11713A if 8496G is used ARA 8491A with Opt 020 amp H60 2 ea ARA 8491A with Opt 020 ARA 8491A with Opt 010 amp H60 2 ea ARA 8491A with Opt 010 MEME Agilent P N 8120 1839 4ea max N m BNC f Adapter Agilent P N 1250 0780 3ea max N m BNC m Adapter N f BNC f Adapter 500 Termination BNC Type Power Splitter Procedure NANNA Agilent P N 1250 0082 NANNA Agilent P N 1250 1474 NANNA 11593A ANNARRA 11667 A Opt 001 003 006 For Option 218 318 with Option 002 Low Level Test 1 Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet 2 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 13 3 36 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 5 N m BNC f E5100A B 0000 0000 1 Y 0000 D D D C b N 2 Ro 10 dB ATT E LC
289. t Equipment Power Motor 436A Opt 022 437B 438A Power Sensor 2 2 esee e e e e a ra 8481D Power Sensor 2 00 000 e ehe hh e er EEEa 8482A Multimeter sssssssssssssssse be eee ee e a ees 3458A Attenuator Pad 20 dB 0 00 tn teen teen teens 8491A Opt 020 Power Splitter 0 0 0 esse e e e e e e 11667A N m BNC f Adapter 0 0 000 Agilent P N 1250 0780 5ea N f BNC f Adapter 0 een Agilent P N 1250 1474 50 Q Termination BNC type 0 0 0 0000 11593A 50 Q Feedthrough 22 20 11048C BNC f Dual Banana Plug 2 Agilent P N 1251 2277 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em Agilent P N 8120 1839 4ea Procedure 1 Connect the E5100A power splitter and multimeter as shown in Figure 2 16 Performance Tests for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 2 37 E5100A EEE 000 o MRE Dual Banana to 000 0000 MUL R BNC f Adapter 2 09 DEDO AGE T 1 Feedthrough BNC m BNC m BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm 20 dB ATT A 4q A N m BNC f 1 P Adapter ower N m BNC f sitter A POWER METER Adapter
290. t Here 1 2 3 Run internal self test 13 If the test fails check the A27 Synthesizer is correctly installed Run internal self test 14 If the test fails check the A24 Source is correctly installed If Opt 010 600 is installed run internal self test 15 If the test fails check the A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 600 is correctly installed Run internal self test 17 If the test fails check the A28 Source Switch Opt 003 AZ9 50 1M U Switch Opt 101 301 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 are correctly installed See Board Configuration Run internal self tests 21 through 31 If one or more of those tests fail replace the A24 Source If Opt 010 600 is installed run internal self test 32 If the test fails replace the A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 600 Run internal self tests 81 through 98 If one or more of those tests fail replace the A27 Synthesizer Check A27 Synthesizer Outputs 1 2 Check the INT REF signal If it is bad replace A27 Check the EXT REF operation If it is bad replace A27 Check A50 High Stability Oscillator Option 1D5 Check the REF OVEN signal If it is bad replace A50 9 2 Source Group Troubleshooting Start Here The following procedure verifies the operation of each assembly in the source group by using the E5100A B s self test functions internal tests For detailed information about the self test functions see the Service Key Menus Perform the following ste
291. t IF BW 300 Hz Frequency R A B 455 kHz 101 MHz At IF BW 1 KHz Frequency R A B 455 kHz 101 MHz At IF BW 3 KHz Frequency R A B 455 kHz 101 MHz At IF BW 10 kHz Frequency R A B 455 kHz 101 MHz B 10 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Test Limit 105 dBm 105 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm 125 dBm NAA A AAA A A Test Limit lt 120 dBm lt 120 dBm Test Limit lt 115 dBm lt 115 dBm Test Limit lt 110 dBm lt 110 dBm Test Limit lt 105 dBm lt 105 dBm At IF BW 30 kHz Frequency R A B C Test Limit 455 kHz 100dBm 101 MHz 100 dBm Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 B 11 E5100B At IF BW 1 kHz Frequency R A 30 kHz 95 kHz 455 kHz 1 01 MHz 10 7 MHz 101 MHz 110 MHz 201 MHz 299 MHz At IF BW 3 kHz Frequency R A 455 kHz 101 MHz At IF BW 10 kHz Frequency R A 455 kHz 101 MHz At IF BW 30 kHz Frequency R A 455 kHz 101 MHz B 12 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Test Limit 95 dBm 95 dBm 115 dBm 115 dBm 115 dBm 115 dBm 115 dBm 115 dBm 115 dBm NANA AA A A A A Test Limit lt 110 dBm lt 110 dBm Test Limit lt 105 dBm lt 105 dBm Test
292. t R Attenuator 25 dB for Input R test System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT amp 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB for Input A test System MORE ATTENUATOR A 25 dB Input B Attenuator 25 dB for Input B test System MORE ATTENUATOR B 25 dB 7 Remove the 20 dB attenuator connected to the power splitter s input port and reconnect the N m BNC f adapter and BNC m BNC m cable without the attenuator 8 Set the E5100A s center frequency according to the following table Then record the readings mean of the digital multimeter and the E5100A s readings in the calculation sheet Table 3 12 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup E5100A Multimeter Center Freq AC Bandwidth 10 kHz lt 2 MHz 100 kHz lt 2 MHz 9 Connect the Power Sensor 8481D to the Power Meter and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power Sensor 10 Remove the digital multimeter from the power splitter and connect the power sensor 8481D to the power splitter as shown in Figure 3 12 11 Set the power meter setting as follows Calibration Factor 100 3 32 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 12 15 14 15 16 17 18 Resolution 0 001 dB Set Range Auto Display LOG display Mode Relative mode Insert the 20 dB attenuator between the power splitter s input port and N m BNC f adapter See Figure 2 16 Set up the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Source Power 4 dBm Sweep PO
293. t Repair Procedures 16 2 Manual Changes by Serial Number llle D 1 Manual Changes by Firmware Version o o D 1 Contents 19 General Information Introduction This manual contains technical information concerning the adjustment and servicing of the E5100A B Network Analyzer Organization of Service Manual Tabs are used to divide the major chapter of this manual The names of the tabs following this chapter and the contents are described below m Adjustments provides instructions for adjustment and alignment of the instrument after repair or replacement of an assembly The adjustments are the correction constants data updating by using the adjustments program Note The next seven blue tabbed chapters are the core troubleshooting chapters v m Troubleshooting The troubleshooting strategy is to systematically verify portions of the E5100A B and thus narrow down the cause of a problem to the defective assembly This chapter is the first of a series of troubleshooting procedures It checks the operation of the analyzer independent of system peripherals and suggests how to remedy system problems The Operator s Check is located in this chapter m solate Faulty Group is used after a problem has been shown to be in the analyzer This initial instrument troubleshooting section can be used to isolate the fault to one of the five functional groups in the analyzer a Power Supply a Digital
294. t Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 100 MHz to 300 MHz 5 B C Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 100 MHz to 300 MHz 5 B C Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency Minimum Test Result Limit 10 kHz to 100 kHz 5 100 kHz to 100 MHz 2 5 100 MHz to 300 MHz 5 B 32 Performance Test Record for E5100A B Option 100 200 300 400 600 Maximum Limit 5 2 5 5 Maximum Limit 5 2 5 5 Maximum Limit 5 2 5 5 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 Agilent Technologies E5100A Network Analyzer Date Temperature Humidity Serial No Tested by 1 Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Without Option 1D5 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 180 MHz 179 994 MHz 180 006 MHz With Option 1D5 Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum Limit Limit 180 MHz 179 9997 MHz 180 0003 MHz Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 1 2 Harmonics Test Option 001 002 003 without Option 010 Frequency Harmonics Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 20 kHz 30 kHz 200 kHz 300 kHz 2 MHz 3 MHz 20 MHz 30 MHz 200 MHz 300 MHz 360 MHz 540 MHz Test Result dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe dBe Test Limit 35 dBc
295. ter If Opt 102 BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm 50 ohm Termination Li BNC m BNC m rl Cable 61cm Power Power S Splitter BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm N l ensor gt oo E N f BNC f Adapter N m BNC f Adapter No Connection if Opt 001 C7S03022 Figure 4 8 Receiver Calibration Setup 2 Note The two BNC m BNC m cables from the power splitter to the E5100A B i Input A and the power sensor must have the same length Y Adjustments 4 13 E5100A B LO CD O D O0 0000 0000 ODlgoao DO O sool ss 1 2 RA B c o Lo N m BNC f Adapter a If Opt 102 To 11713A Y Port BNC m BNC m BNC m BNC m Y Cable 61cm Cable 61cm E 50 ohm L Terminatio y N m BNC f Adapter Step Attenuator Power Splitter BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC
296. the motherboard pin assignment list Instruments Covered by Manual Agilent Technologies uses a two part nine character serial number which is stamped on the serial number plate see Figure 1 1 attached to the rear panel The first four digits and the letter are the serial prefix and the last five digits are the suffix The letter placed between the two sections identifies the country where the instrument was manufactured The prefix is the same for all identical instruments it changes only when a change is made to the test set The suffix however is assigned sequentially and is unique to each instrument The contents of this manual apply to instruments with the serial number prefixes listed under Serial Numbers on the title page Agilent Technologies Japan Ltd SERNO JP1KG12345 AK MADE IN JAPAN 33 Figure 1 1 Serial Number Plate An instrument manufactured after the printing date of this manual may have a serial number prefix that is not listed on the title page This unlisted serial number prefix indicates that the instrument is different from those described in this manual The manual for a new instrument may be accompanied by a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement or have a different manual part number The MANUAL CHANGES supplement contains change information that explains how to adapt the manual to newer instruments In additions to change information the supplement may contain information for c
297. tion Power Supply Power Supply 130W 30W P N E5100 65002 P N 0950 2919 5VA 12VA A40 Front Keyboard LCD Display FDD Inverter for LCD Display UO Port Backlight A43 44 45 46 A20 Motherboard A28 A29 Switch A41 A42 Rear Board Probe Power A23 Synthesizer A24 Source A25 RF Amplifier Opt 010 600 For Analog Circuit A26 Receivers A1 CPU A2 Peripheral For Digital Circuit For FAN For Inverter For Probe Power C7S12010 Figure 13 2 Power Supply Simplified Block Diagram Theory of Operation 13 3 PS 130W Power Supply The PS 130W Power Supply steps down and rectifies the line voltage It provides fully regulated 5V digital supply and 15V 15V 24V analog supplies Regulated 5VD 15VA 15VA 24VA Supplies The 5VD 15VA 15VA 25VA supplies are regulated by the control loop in the PS 130W Power Supply They go directly to the motherboard and from there to all assemblies requiring a digital supply 5V and or analog supplies 15V 15V and 24V Shutdown Circuit The shut down circuit for the PS 130W Power Supply is triggered by overcurrent overvoltage or cooling fan stop When the cooling fan stops due to some failure A41 Rear Board detects it through Fan Sense signal f
298. tion 118 218 318 618 E5100A 88 0000 88 0000 0000 D0 5000 oo Ecs ee 1 2 R TEU UTI DODU ES g 50 ohm Termination 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm C7S02009 Figure 3 11 B into R A Input Crosstalk Test Setup 21 Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R B and A B in accordance with the test setup listed in Table 3 10 Performance Tests for Eb100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 29 11 Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test This test checks the E5100A s absolute amplitude accuracy A digital multimeter and a power meter are used to measure the actual output level at each setting Note An E5100A with Option 510 does not require this test C Specification Absolute Amplitude Accuracy 1 0 dB E5100A at 23 5 C 10 dBm input Test Equipment Power Meter 2 436A Opt 022 487B 438A Power Sensor 2 2 nn eee ase ees 8481D Power Sensor 0 2 0 000 8482A Multimeter 444 e e e e e eee 3458A Attenuator Pad 20 dB 22 8491A Opt 020 Power Splitter 0 0 0 11667A N m BNC f Adapter
299. tments Introduction 4 2 4 ll 4444444444 ee ee 4 1 Safety Considerations s s ll A 4 1 Required Controller 0 A 4 2 Windows PC Personal Computer l l ees 4 2 Software Requirements 4 2 Required Test Equipment 4 3 Order of Adjustments 4 2 ll ll l4 a 4 3 Performing Adjustments sue ee ee Due a 4 4 Setting Up the System Ce eee ee 4 4 Installing Adjustment Program into Your PC lll s 4 5 Running the Adjustment Program Ce eu 4 5 1 VCXO Frequency Calibration eee nd de eu ee 4 6 Required Equipment Ce eu 4 6 Procedure 4 2 2 4 l4 44444444 4 ee eo 4 6 2 Source Correction 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 eee ee ee ee 4 7 Required Equipment 4 7 Procedure 2 2 1 44444444 4e ee oo 4 7 3 IF Attenuator Correction 2 2 a a a e 4 9 Required Equipment 4 4 4 9 Procedure 2 2 4 4 4 444444 ee ee 4 9 4 Receiver Calibration 4 4 4 l l 4 es 4 11 Required Equipment l l l l e 4 4 4 4 11 Procedure 2 2 4 4 4 444444 ee ee 4 11 5 Troubleshooting Introduction a 2 ll 4444444 a 5 1 Troubleshooting Summary ooa a a 5 1 Start ere 5 3 Inspect the Power On Sequence 5 4 Check the Fan 0 5 4 Check the Front Displays 5 4 Check Error Message 0
300. tore the AISWI to the original settings g If this test fails replace the Al CPU 8 18 Digital Control Troubleshooting A1 SRAM Test The Al SRAM Test performs R W test Perform the following procedure to verify the Al SRAM using the A1 On Board Test Mode a Turn the analyzer power off b Remove the outer cover of the analyzer c Set the Al switch AISW1 as shown in Table 8 11 Table 8 11 A1 SRAM Test Switch Settings From Upper Left Al Switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A1SW1 ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON OFF d Turn the analyzer power on e Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8 12 Table 8 12 A1 SRAM Test Status A1 LED DS2 A1 LED DS3 Test Status 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Testing po fe fe SRE Pass 0 o 0 0 o o 1 0 Fail 1 1 1 1 01 0 14 0 10 OFF 1 ON When the test completes LED s marked 1 flash at intervals of about 1 second f Restore the AISWI to the original settings g If this test fails replace the A1 CPU Al Storage Flash Memory Test The A1 Storage Flash Memory Test performs device check erase test and R W test Perform the following procedure to verify the A1 Strage Flash Memory using the A1 On Board Test Mode a Turn the analyzer power off b Remove the outer cover of the analyzer c Set the Al switch AISW1 as shown in Table 8 13 Table 8 13 A1 Storage Flash Memory Test Switch Settings
301. tors Inspect Accessories Accessories Troubleshooting 11 1 Verify Operations The measurement problem can be caused by improper operation Confirm that all operations connections and control settings etc are properly made during the measurement An example of the typical operation errors are shown in the following paragraph Using 75 Q Connectors with 50 Q Connectors Do not use 50 Q connectors with 75 Q connectors their center conductors are different diameters Using a 50 Q male connector with a 75 Q female connector will destroy the female connector Inspect the Connectors Check the physical condition of the analyzer front panel connectors and the test set connectors Inspect the front panel connectors on the analyzer Check for bent or broken center pins and loose connector bulkheads 11 2 Accessories Troubleshooting Inspect the Accessories Measurement problems can be caused by faulty accessories or faulty devices between the accessories and the analyzer For example the RF cables the probe power connector and the interconnect cable can cause problems Some recommended accessories used with the analyzer are listed below m Active Probes for example the 41800A Active Probe m Power Splitter for example the 11850C D Three way Power Splitter Inspect the cables for any damage Verify the probe power connector Then inspect and verify the accessories that are used in the measurement Verify the Probe
302. tude Accuracy Test R input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 300 MHz E5100A B Reading a dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm R input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 300 MHz E5100A B Reading a dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm A input Attenuator O dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 300 MHz E5100A B Reading a dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Multimeter Power Meter Reading b dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Multimeter Power Meter Reading b dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Multimeter Power Meter Reading b dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm Test Result a b dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB Test Result a b dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB Test Result a b dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB Calculation Sheet A 19 A input Attenuator 25 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 300 MHz E5100A B Reading a dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm dBm B input Attenuator 0 dB Frequency 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 30 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 180 MHz 300 MHz E5100A B Reading a dBm dBm dBm dB
303. tude Ratio Phase B R Measurement Magnitude Ratio Phase A Measurement Option 118 Magnitude Ratio Phase 13 E5100A Input Impedance 50 Q A R Measurement Input Attenuator A R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator E5100A Input Impedance 1 MQ A R Measurement Input Attenuator A R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator B R Measurement Input Attenuator 14 Phase Frequency Response Test Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test C 22 Contents 11 E5100A Input Impedance 500 C 22 A R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB C 22 A R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB C 22 B R Measurement Input Attenuator 25 dB C 22 B R Measurement Input Attenuator 0 dB 0 C 22 D Manual Changes Introduction a a a a a D 1 Manual Changes D 1 Serial Number a a a D 2 Messages Error Messages in Alphabetical Order lll Messages 1 Index Contents 12 Figures 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 2 20 2 21 2 22 2 23 2 24 2 25 2 26 2 27 2 28 2 29 2 30 2 31 2 32 2 33 2 34 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 Serial Number Plate 4 0 4 Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup ee
304. ty board Replace the A26R Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 12V internal dc bus node 12VB of the A26R Receiver The A26R Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26R Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 5V internal dc bus node 5VA of the A26R Receiver The A26R Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26R Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 5V internal dc bus node 5VB of the A26R Receiver The A26R Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26R Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 5V internal dc bus node of the A26R Receiver The A26R Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26R Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at 12V internal dc bus node 12VA of the A26R Receiver The A26R Receiver is a probable faulty board Replace the A26R Receiver See the Receiver Group Troubleshooting chapter 8 10 Digital Control Troubleshooting Table 8 4 Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure continued Test No Failed Test Troubleshooting Information 57 58 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 A26R DCBUS 12VB A26R DCBUS ADC REF VOLT A26B DCBUS 12VA A26B DCBUS 12VB A26B DCBUS 5VA A26B DCBUS 5VB
305. u have read Troubleshooting and you believe the problem is in the power supply The procedure is designed to let you identify the bad assembly within the power supply functional group in the shortest possible time The power supply functional group consists of m Power Supply 130W Agilent P N E5100 65002 m Power Supply 30W Agilent P N 0950 2919 Those assemblies however are related to the power supply functional group because power is supplied to each assembly If an assembly is replaced see the Post Repair Procedures chapter in this manual It tells what additional tests or adjustments need to be done after replacing any assembly Power Supply Troubleshooting 7 1 Start Here Check the Power On Sequence Turn the analyzer power on If the LCD display is turned on for a couple of seconds and then turned off continue with the next Troubleshoot the Fan Troubleshoot the Fan Perform the following procedure to troubleshoot the fan Troubleshoot the Fan a Turn the analyzer power off b Disassemble the rear panel c Remove the fan power cable from the Motherboard A20J20 a Connect a DC power supply a 10 kQ resistance and a oscilloscope to the fan power cable using appropriate wires Oscilloscope DC Power Supply GND BLUE Depend on FAN LOCK YELLOW Fan Power Cable the fan speed FAN POWER RED
306. ver Opt 300 400 m A26C Receiver Opt 400 m A29 50 1M Q Switch Opt 101 301 Note Make sure all of the assemblies listed above are firmly seated before performing i the procedures in this chapter Y Y Allow the analyzer to warm up for at least 30 minutes before you perform any procedure in this chapter Receiver Group Troubleshooting 10 1 Receiver Group Troubleshooting Summary This overview summarizes the sequence of checks included in this chapter Experienced technicians may save time by following the summary instead of reading the entire procedure Headings in this summary match the headings in the procedure Start Here 1 D Ole OO Run internal self test 16 If the test fails check if the A26R A B C Receivers are correctly installed Run internal self test 17 If the test fails check the A28 Source Switch Opt 003 A29 50 1M Q Switch Opt 101 301 A50 High Stability Oscillator Opt 1D5 are correctly installed See Board Configuration Run internal self tests 41 through 48 If one or more of those tests fails replace A26A Run internal self tests 51 through 58 If one or more of those tests fails replace A26R Run internal self tests 61 through 68 If one or more of those tests fails replace A26B Run internal self tests 71 through 78 If one or more of those tests fails replace A26C 10 2 Receiver Group Troubleshooting Start Here The following procedures verify the ope
307. with Option 118 does not i require this test Y Specification at 23 5 C 30 dBm input level for RF attenuator 0 dB or 5 dBm input level for RF attenuator 25 dB the same RF attenuator setting for both inputs 50 Q input m E5100A 10 kHz freq lt 100 KHz 5 100 kHz lt freq lt 100 MHZ aaraa areara araara 2 5 100 MHz lt freq lt 180 MHz 5 Test Equipment Power Splitter co 11667A 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A if without Opt 001 Fixed Attenuator 20 dB 20 8491A Opt 020 BNC m BNC m Cable 61 em Agilent P N 8120 1839 3ea N m BNC f Adapter 00 n teen nen ened Agilent P N 1250 0780 Sea Procedure 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 29 E5100A 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E Power Splitter No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7S02035 Figure 3 29 Phase Frequency Response Test Setup 1 3 58 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 10 Set the E5100A as follows Control S
308. y Cable Clamps Table 13 15 Power Supply Cable Clamps Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 14004334 6 3 CLAMP CABLE 28480 1400 1334 Theory of Operation 13 29 Front Assemblies Front Assemblies C7513001 Figure 13 19 Front Sub Panel and RF OUT Connector Assemblies 13 30 Theory of Operation Front Assemblies Table 13 16 Front Sub Panel and RF OUT Connector Assemblies Ref Agilent Part C Qty Description Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Code Number 1 E5100 00202 8 1 PANEL SUB 28480 E5100 00202 E5100 00212 O 1 PANEL SUB Opt 102 302 510 28480 E5100 00212 2 1250 0252 6 21 CONN RF BNC 28480 1250 0252 3 2190 0102 8 21 WSHR LK INTL T 28480 2190 0102 2950 0035 8 21 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 28480 2950 0035 1 One for Option 001 Table 13 17 RF Cable for RF OUT 1 Ref Agilent Part C Qty For Option Mfr Mfr Part Desig Number D Installed Not Installed Code Number 4 E5100 61610 0 1 001 28480 E5100 61610 E5100 616052 3 1 1002 010 28480 E5100 61605 E5100 61619 9 1 002 010 28480 E5100 61619 E5100 61624 6 1 003 28480 E5100 61624 E5100 61605 3 1 1600 28480 E5100 61605 1 RF OUT 1 to A24J3 S or A25J2 S Opt 010 See Figure 13 12 or Figure 13 14 2 RF OUT 1 to A24J1 1 See Figure 13 12 3 RF OUT 1 to A25J3 1 See Figure 13 14 4 RF OU
309. y Flatness Test This test measures the E5100A B signal source actual output power Level at 50 MHz and its flatness relative to the level at 50 MHz Specification Level Accuracy 1 dB at 2345 C O dBm output level 50 MHz Level Flatness at 23 5 C relative to O dBm output level at 50 MHz Opt 001 002 without Opt 010 2 dB 4 dB at 10 kHz lt freq lt 300 MHz Opt 003 without Opt 010 2 5 dB 4 5 dB at 10 kHz lt freq lt 300 MHz Opt 010 or Opt 600 2 5 dB 4 5 dB at 50 kHz lt freq lt 100 MHz 3 dB 5 dB at 100 MHz lt freq lt 300 MHz Test Equipment Power Meter 436A Opt 022 487B 438A Power Sensor 2 2 0 0 sse e e hee 8482A Multimeter 4440 e e e e e eee 3458A BNC m BNC m Cable 122 em Agilent P N 8120 1840 N f BNC m Adapter 4 2 424022 e Agilent P N 1250 1477 50 Q Termination BNC type 11593A Opt 002 or Opt 003 50 Q Feedthrough oooooocococcocc ee 11048C BNC f Dual Banana Plug 2 Agilent P N 1251 2277 Procedure 1 Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power Sensor 2 Set up the E51
310. y Strokes Preset Preset Power 4 dBm Sweep POWER 4 x 1 Input R Attenuator 0 dB System MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R O dB Input A Attenuator 0 dB A O dB 10 Repeat the steps 3 through 6 11 Repeat the steps 1 through 10 for BYR Opt 318 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 3 55 Input Impedance 1M9 Opt 101 301 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3 27 E5100A Qaimnaac 00 0000 pe poda E Goa 6 o e C Aso ohm Feedthrough 50 ohm Termination BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm BNC m BNC m Cable 61cm E Power Splitter No Connection if Opt 001 N m BNC f Adapter C7S02037 Figure 3 27 Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup 3 2 Set the E5100A as follows Control Settings Key Strokes Preset Stop 5 MHz M Power 1 dBm POWER x 1 IF BW 30 Hz IF BW 80 x 1 Active Channel CH1 ACTIVE CH set to CHI Measurement A R MEAS A R Format LOG MAG Scale 0 1 dB div FORMAT MORE LOG MAG SCALE MENU SCALE DIV x 1 Input R Attenuator 25 dB MORE ATTENUATOR PORT R 25 dB Input A Attenuator 25 dB A 95 dB 3 Store the measurement data using the following key stroke ACTIVE CH set to CH1 DEFINE TRACE DATA MEM 4 Reverse R and A cable connections on the E5100A input ports 5 Press DATA and MEMORY key 3 56 Performance Tests
311. ynthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Frequency test fails at the internal frequency bus node VCO 10KHZ of the A27 Synthesizer The A277 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node VCO 10KHZ INTG of the A27 Synthesizer The A2 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node VCO 10KHZ CNTL of the A27 Synthesizer The A2 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Digital Control Troubleshooting 8 13 Table 8 4 Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure continued Test No Failed Test Troubleshooting Information 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ A27 DCBUS VCO 100MHZ INTG A27 DCBUS VCO 100MHZ CNTL A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ A27 DCBUS VCO 200MHZ INTG A27 DCBUS VCO 200MHZ CNTL A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ A27 DCBUS VCO 300MHZ INTG A27 DCBUS VCO 300MHZ CNTL Frequency test fails at the internal frequency bus node VCO 100MHZ of the A27 Synthesizer The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board Replace the A27 Synthesizer See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter Voltage test fails at the internal de bus node
312. yzer All test set interconnect GPIB cable probe power and RF cables 2 Perform the nspect the Power On Sequence in this chapter 3 Perform the Inspect the Performance Test Result in this chapter 4 Perform the nspect the Rear Panel Feature in this chapter If the analyzer has passed all of the checks in steps 2 through 4 but it still making incorrect measurements or unexpected operations suspect the accessories Accessories such as RF or interconnect cables calibration and verification kit devices test set can all induce system problems Configure the system as it is normally used and reconfirm the problem Continue with the Accessories Troubleshooting chapter Troubleshooting 5 3 Inspect the Power On Sequence Check the Fan Turn the analyzer power on Inspect the fan on the rear panel m The fan should be rotating and audible If case of unexpected results check AC line power to the analyzer Check the fuse rating listed on the rear panel If the problem persists continue with the Power Supply Troubleshooting chapter Check the Front Displays Turn on the analyzer and watch for the following events in this order 1 Beep is sounding 2 The analyzer displays Internal Test In Progress for several seconds 3 The analyzer displays the graticule If case of unexpected results continue with Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter Check Error Message Turn the analyzer power on Inspect the LCD No error message
313. z Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase 0 05 1MHz Magnitude 0 01 dB Phase 0 05 10 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 300 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 C B 10 kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 kHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 1 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 10 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 100 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 300 MHz Magnitude lt 0 01 dB Phase lt 0 05 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118 218 318 618 C 11 9 Residual Response Test Input R Frequency 47 85 MHz 47 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 79 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz Input A Frequency 47 85 MHz 47 875 MHz 59 84375 MHz 59 875 MHz 68 410714 MHz 68 446428 MHz 79 833333 MHz 79 875 MHz 119 8125 MHz 119 875 MHz 159 775 MHz 159 808333 MHz 159 858333 MHz 159 891666 MHz Test Result Test Limit 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm NANA A A A AAA AA A A A Test Limit 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm 80 dBm Test Result N

HP E5100A,B Service

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents